TW201807110A - Composition for forming release layer, laminate, and method for producing laminate - Google Patents

Composition for forming release layer, laminate, and method for producing laminate Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201807110A
TW201807110A TW106109781A TW106109781A TW201807110A TW 201807110 A TW201807110 A TW 201807110A TW 106109781 A TW106109781 A TW 106109781A TW 106109781 A TW106109781 A TW 106109781A TW 201807110 A TW201807110 A TW 201807110A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
separation layer
resin component
forming
polymerizable resin
Prior art date
Application number
TW106109781A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
吉岡孝広
田村弘毅
今井洋文
増島正宏
Original Assignee
東京應化工業股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 東京應化工業股份有限公司 filed Critical 東京應化工業股份有限公司
Publication of TW201807110A publication Critical patent/TW201807110A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D5/00Coating compositions, e.g. paints, varnishes or lacquers, characterised by their physical nature or the effects produced; Filling pastes
    • C09D5/20Coating compositions, e.g. paints, varnishes or lacquers, characterised by their physical nature or the effects produced; Filling pastes for coatings strippable as coherent films, e.g. temporary coatings strippable as coherent films
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/02Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/04Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
    • H01L21/18Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer the devices having semiconductor bodies comprising elements of Group IV of the Periodic Table or AIIIBV compounds with or without impurities, e.g. doping materials
    • H01L21/20Deposition of semiconductor materials on a substrate, e.g. epitaxial growth solid phase epitaxy
    • H01L21/2003Deposition of semiconductor materials on a substrate, e.g. epitaxial growth solid phase epitaxy characterised by the substrate
    • H01L21/2007Bonding of semiconductor wafers to insulating substrates or to semiconducting substrates using an intermediate insulating layer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/04Interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/06Interconnection of layers permitting easy separation
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/04Interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/12Interconnection of layers using interposed adhesives or interposed materials with bonding properties
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D123/00Coating compositions based on homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Coating compositions based on derivatives of such polymers
    • C09D123/02Coating compositions based on homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Coating compositions based on derivatives of such polymers not modified by chemical after-treatment
    • C09D123/04Homopolymers or copolymers of ethene
    • C09D123/06Polyethene
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D133/00Coating compositions based on homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides, or nitriles thereof; Coating compositions based on derivatives of such polymers
    • C09D133/04Homopolymers or copolymers of esters
    • C09D133/14Homopolymers or copolymers of esters of esters containing halogen, nitrogen, sulfur or oxygen atoms in addition to the carboxy oxygen
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D163/00Coating compositions based on epoxy resins; Coating compositions based on derivatives of epoxy resins
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D183/00Coating compositions based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing silicon, with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen, or carbon only; Coating compositions based on derivatives of such polymers
    • C09D183/04Polysiloxanes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D183/00Coating compositions based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing silicon, with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen, or carbon only; Coating compositions based on derivatives of such polymers
    • C09D183/04Polysiloxanes
    • C09D183/06Polysiloxanes containing silicon bound to oxygen-containing groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D5/00Coating compositions, e.g. paints, varnishes or lacquers, characterised by their physical nature or the effects produced; Filling pastes
    • C09D5/08Anti-corrosive paints
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • H01L23/12Mountings, e.g. non-detachable insulating substrates
    • H01L23/14Mountings, e.g. non-detachable insulating substrates characterised by the material or its electrical properties
    • H01L23/145Organic substrates, e.g. plastic

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Mechanical Treatment Of Semiconductor (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
  • Adhesives Or Adhesive Processes (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Epoxy Resins (AREA)

Abstract

The invention provides a composition for forming a release layer, a laminate, and a method for producing the laminate. Specifically, the invention provides a novel release layer forming composition which can successfully form a release layer by coating, and the release layer thus formed has high chemical resistance. The release layer forming composition is intended for forming a release layer in a laminate. The laminate is formed by laminating a substrate and a light-transmitting support body by means of an adhesive layer and the release layer which is modified by irradiating light. The release layer forming composition contains a polymeric resin component and a polymerization initiator.

Description

分離層形成用組成物、層合體、以及層合體之製造方法 Composition for forming separation layer, laminate, and method for producing laminate

本發明係關於分離層形成用組成物、層合體、以及層合體之製造方法。 The present invention relates to a composition for forming a separation layer, a laminate, and a method for producing a laminate.

近年來,不斷要求IC卡、手機等電子機器之薄型化、小型化、輕量化等。為了滿足此等要求,對於組入的半導體晶片而言,也必須使用薄型的半導體晶片。因此,雖然作為半導體晶片的基礎的晶圓(wafer)基板的厚度(膜厚)目前為125μm~150μm,但被認為為了應用於下一代晶片中,必須為25μm~50μm。因此,為了得到上述膜厚的晶圓基板,晶圓基板的薄板化步驟為必不可少的。 In recent years, electronic devices such as IC cards and mobile phones have been required to be thinner, smaller, and lighter. In order to meet these requirements, it is also necessary to use a thin semiconductor wafer for the incorporated semiconductor wafer. Therefore, although the thickness (film thickness) of a wafer substrate which is the basis of a semiconductor wafer is currently 125 μm to 150 μm, it is considered that it must be 25 μm to 50 μm in order to be applied to the next-generation wafer. Therefore, in order to obtain a wafer substrate having the above-mentioned film thickness, a step of thinning the wafer substrate is essential.

對於晶圓基板而言,由於薄板化導致強度降低,因此,為了防止薄板化後的晶圓基板破損,在製造過程中,一邊在晶圓基板上貼合有支撐體的狀態下自動輸送,一邊在晶圓基板上安裝電路等構造物。繼而,在製造過程之後,將晶圓基板從支撐體分離。於是,應用了各種 方法以將晶圓基板從支撐體分離。 For wafer substrates, the strength is reduced due to thinning. Therefore, in order to prevent damage to the wafer substrate after thinning, during the manufacturing process, the wafer substrate is automatically conveyed while the support is attached to the wafer substrate. A structure such as a circuit is mounted on a wafer substrate. Then, after the manufacturing process, the wafer substrate is separated from the support. So, applied various Method to separate a wafer substrate from a support.

作為在半導體晶圓上貼合支撐體並對半導體晶圓進行處理、然後將支撐體分離的半導體晶片的製造方法,已知有專利文獻1中記載的那樣的方法。專利文獻1中記載的方法中,介隔設置於支撐體側的光熱轉換層與接著層,將透光性的支撐體與半導體晶圓貼合,對半導體晶圓進行處理,然後經由從支撐體側照射放射能量而將光熱轉換層分解,而將半導體晶圓從支撐體分離。 As a method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer in which a support is attached to a semiconductor wafer, the semiconductor wafer is processed, and the support is separated, a method described in Patent Document 1 is known. In the method described in Patent Document 1, a light-transmitting support is bonded to a semiconductor wafer with a light-to-heat conversion layer and an adhesive layer provided on the support side interposed therebetween, the semiconductor wafer is processed, and then the support is passed through the support. Radiation energy is radiated from the side to decompose the light-to-heat conversion layer, and the semiconductor wafer is separated from the support.

[先前技術文獻] [Prior technical literature] [專利文獻] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本公開專利公報「日本特開2004-64040號公報(2004年2月26日公開)」 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Laid-Open Patent Gazette "Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2004-64040 (published on February 26, 2004)"

然而,在介隔接著層與分離層將基板與支撐體貼合而得到的層合體中,為了對基板實施各種處理,形成耐化學藥品性高的新穎分離層是有用的。 However, in a laminate in which a substrate and a support are bonded to each other with a spacer adhesive layer and a separation layer, it is useful to form a novel separation layer with high chemical resistance in order to perform various processes on the substrate.

本申請的發明人們進行了深入研究,結果發現,經由包含聚合性樹脂成分與聚合引發劑的新穎分離層形成用組成物,可順利地形成耐化學藥品性高的分離層,而完成了本申請的發明。即,本發明是鑒於上述問題而完成的,其目的在於,提供一種可經由塗佈而順利地形成耐化學藥品性高的分離層之新穎分離層形成用組成物以及其 相關技術。 The inventors of the present application conducted intensive research, and as a result, found that a novel separation layer forming composition containing a polymerizable resin component and a polymerization initiator can smoothly form a separation layer with high chemical resistance, and completed the present application. Invention. That is, the present invention has been made in view of the problems described above, and an object thereof is to provide a novel composition for forming a separation layer capable of smoothly forming a separation layer with high chemical resistance through coating, and a composition therefor. Related technologies.

為了解決前述的課題,一種本發明之分離層形成用組成物,其係用於形成層合體中之前述分離層的分離層形成用組成物,所述層合體係介隔接著層、與經由照射光而改性之分離層,將基板、與透光之支撐體進行層合而形成,其特徵為包含聚合性樹脂成分以及聚合引發劑。 In order to solve the aforementioned problem, a composition for forming a separation layer according to the present invention is a composition for forming a separation layer for forming the above-mentioned separation layer in a laminate, the laminate system interposing an adhesive layer, and via irradiation. The light-modified separation layer is formed by laminating a substrate and a light-transmitting support, and is characterized by including a polymerizable resin component and a polymerization initiator.

另外,本發明的層合體係介隔接著層、與經由照射光而改性之分離層,將基板、與透光之支撐體進行層合而成的層合體,其特徵為,前述分離層為經由聚合引發劑使聚合性樹脂成分聚合而得到的固化物的燒成體。 In addition, in the laminated system of the present invention, a laminated body obtained by laminating a substrate and a light-transmitting support through a bonding layer and a separation layer modified by irradiation with light is characterized in that the separation layer is A fired body of a cured product obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable resin component via a polymerization initiator.

另外,本發明的層合體之製造方法中,其係介隔接著層、與經由照射光而改性的分離層,將基板、與透光的支撐體進行層合而成的層合體之製造方法,其特徵為包含下述步驟:分離層形成步驟,於前述基板以及前述支撐體中的任一者上塗佈包含聚合性樹脂成分、與聚合引發劑之分離層形成用組成物,經由加熱或曝光而使前述聚合性樹脂成分聚合,經由對聚合後的前述聚合性樹脂成分進行燒成,而形成前述分離層、與層合步驟,介隔前述分離層與接著層,將形成有前述分離層的前述基板或前述支撐體、與未形成前述分離層的前述基板以及前述支撐體中的另一者進行層合。 Moreover, in the manufacturing method of the laminated body of this invention, it is a manufacturing method of the laminated body which laminated | stacked the board | substrate and the light-transmitting support body through the adhesive layer and the separation layer modified by irradiation of light. It is characterized in that it includes a step of forming a separation layer, applying a composition for forming a separation layer containing a polymerizable resin component and a polymerization initiator on either of the substrate and the support, and heating or The polymerizable resin component is polymerized by exposure, and the polymerizable resin component after polymerization is fired to form the separation layer and a lamination step, the separation layer is formed with the separation layer and the adhesion layer interposed therebetween. The substrate or the support described above is laminated with the other of the substrate and the support not formed with the separation layer.

另外,本發明的層合體之製造方法中,其係介隔接著層以及經由照射光而改性之分離層,將密封基板層合於支撐前述密封基板的支撐體上而成的層合體之製造 方法,前述密封基板具備安裝元件的佈線層、與前述元件、與將前述元件密封之密封材料,其特徵為包含下述步驟:分離層形成步驟,於前述支撐體上塗佈包含聚合性樹脂成分、與聚合引發劑的分離層形成用組成物,經由加熱或曝光而使前述聚合性樹脂成分聚合,經由對聚合後的前述聚合性樹脂成分進行燒成,而形成前述分離層、與接著層形成步驟,於前述分離層上形成接著層、與密封基板形成步驟,於前述接著層上形成密封基板。 In addition, in the method for manufacturing a laminated body of the present invention, it is a manufacturing method of a laminated body in which a sealing substrate is laminated on a support that supports the sealing substrate through a bonding layer and a separation layer modified by irradiation with light. In the method, the sealing substrate includes a wiring layer on which the component is mounted, the component, and a sealing material that seals the component. The sealing substrate includes a step of forming a separation layer, and coating the support with a polymerizable resin component. A composition for forming a separation layer with a polymerization initiator, polymerizes the polymerizable resin component through heating or exposure, and fires the polymerized resin component after polymerization to form the separation layer and an adhesive layer. In the step, a bonding layer is formed on the separation layer and a sealing substrate is formed, and a sealing substrate is formed on the bonding layer.

根據本發明,獲得如下效果:可提供一種可經由塗佈而順利地形成耐化學藥品性高的分離層之新穎分離層形成用組成物以及其相關技術。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a novel composition for forming a separation layer capable of smoothly forming a separation layer with high chemical resistance through coating, and a related technique.

1‧‧‧基板 1‧‧‧ substrate

2‧‧‧支撐板(support:plate)(支撐體) 2‧‧‧ support plate (support: plate)

3‧‧‧接著層 3‧‧‧ Adjacent layer

4‧‧‧分離層 4‧‧‧ separation layer

10‧‧‧層合體 10‧‧‧ laminated

[圖1]係關於對本發明的實施形態之層合體之製造方法的概要進行說明的圖。 FIG. 1 is a diagram for explaining an outline of a method for manufacturing a laminated body according to an embodiment of the present invention.

[用以實施發明之最佳形態] [Best Mode for Implementing Invention] <分離層形成用組成物> <Composition for forming a separation layer>

以下,對本發明的實施形態之分離層形成用組成物進行詳細說明。 Hereinafter, the composition for forming a separation layer according to the embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail.

關於一本發明的實施方式之分離層形成用組成物用於形成層合體中的前述分離層,所述層合體係介隔接著層、與經由照射光而改性之分離層,將基板、與透光的支撐體進行層合而形成的分離層形成用組成物,所述分離層形成用組成物包含聚合性樹脂成分以及聚合引發劑。又,為了調整塗佈操作性,分離層形成用組成物可包含稀釋溶劑以及界面活性劑。 A composition for forming a separation layer according to an embodiment of the present invention is used to form the above-mentioned separation layer in a laminate. The laminate system interposes an adhesive layer and a separation layer modified by irradiation with light. A composition for forming a separation layer formed by laminating a light-transmitting support, the composition for forming a separation layer including a polymerizable resin component and a polymerization initiator. In addition, in order to adjust the coating workability, the composition for forming a separation layer may contain a diluent solvent and a surfactant.

對於分離層形成用組成物而言,藉由對經由聚合引發劑使聚合性樹脂成分聚合而得到的固化物進行燒成,可形成具備高耐化學藥品性、可藉由照射規定波長的光而改性之分離層。 The composition for forming a separation layer can be formed by firing a cured product obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable resin component through a polymerization initiator, and can be formed to have high chemical resistance and can be irradiated with light of a predetermined wavelength. Modified separation layer.

[聚合性樹脂成分] [Polymerizable resin component]

作為聚合性樹脂成分,例如,可舉出具有至少1個選擇自由烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵及環氧基所成之群中至少1種官能基之加成聚合性樹脂成分。這般的化合物群於本產業領域中為廣泛已知的,關於本發明的實施形態之分離層形成用組成物中,可不受特別限制地使用此等化合物。 Examples of the polymerizable resin component include an addition polymerizable resin component having at least one functional group selected from the group consisting of at least one ethylenically unsaturated double bond and an epoxy group. Such a compound group is widely known in the art, and these compounds can be used in the composition for forming a separation layer according to an embodiment of the present invention without any particular limitation.

具有環氧基之聚合性樹脂成分,只要是可經由使用聚合引發劑而使環氧基開裂並且彼此聚合的化合物則沒有限定。另外,具有環氧基的聚合性樹脂成分不受其分子量限制,在側鏈或末端中的至少任一者中導入有環氧基即可。因此,具有環氧基的聚合性樹脂成分也可以為下述樹脂:例如,使具有環氧基與烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的化合 物、與不具有環氧基但具有烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的化合物進行共聚,而在側鏈導入環氧基而形成的樹脂。 The polymerizable resin component having an epoxy group is not limited as long as it is a compound capable of cleaving an epoxy group and polymerizing each other by using a polymerization initiator. The polymerizable resin component having an epoxy group is not limited by its molecular weight, and an epoxy group may be introduced into at least one of a side chain and a terminal. Therefore, the polymerizable resin component having an epoxy group may be a resin that, for example, combines an epoxy group with an ethylenically unsaturated double bond It is a resin formed by copolymerizing a compound having no epoxy group but having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond and introducing an epoxy group into a side chain.

另外,具有烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的聚合性樹脂成分只要具有烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵,則可為低分子化合物,也可為均聚物、共聚物樹脂(copolymer resin)等聚合物。 The polymerizable resin component having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond may be a low-molecular compound or a polymer such as a homopolymer or a copolymer resin as long as it has an ethylenically unsaturated double bond.

具有烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵之低分子化合物的分子量較佳為2000以下,更佳為1500以下,最佳分子量為900以下。本發明中的所謂低分子化合物,係具有2000以下(更佳為1500以下,進一步較佳為900以下)這樣的一定分子量的化合物(實質上不具有分子量分佈之化合物),而不是經由在使用聚合引發劑的同時使不飽和鍵斷開並使化學鍵鏈式地增長而得到的所謂聚合物或低聚物。又,低分子化合物的分子量通常為100以上。 The molecular weight of the low-molecular compound having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less, and the optimum molecular weight is 900 or less. The so-called low-molecular compound in the present invention is a compound having a certain molecular weight (compound having substantially no molecular weight distribution) having a molecular weight of 2,000 or less (more preferably 1500 or less, and more preferably 900 or less), rather than polymerization through use An initiator is a so-called polymer or oligomer obtained by breaking unsaturated bonds and chain-expanding chemical bonds. The molecular weight of the low-molecular compound is usually 100 or more.

另外,作為具有烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的低分子化合物的例子,可舉出不飽和羧酸(例如,丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、衣康酸、丁烯酸、異丁烯酸、馬來酸等)與不飽和羧酸的酯類、不飽和羧酸的醯胺類等,較佳可舉出不飽和羧酸與脂肪族多元醇化合物的酯、以及不飽和羧酸與脂肪族多元胺化合物的醯胺類。 Examples of low-molecular compounds having ethylenically unsaturated double bonds include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, butenoic acid, methacrylic acid, and maleic acid) Examples of the esters with unsaturated carboxylic acids, and amidines of unsaturated carboxylic acids, and the like include esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and aliphatic polyol compounds, and amidines of unsaturated carboxylic acids and aliphatic polyamine compounds. Amines.

另外,具有烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的低分子化合物例如也可為下述化合物:具有羥基、胺基、巰基等親核性取代基的不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類加成於單官能或多官能的異氰酸酯類或環氧類中而得到的加成反應物。另外,具有烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的低分子化合物也可合適地使用具有 鹵素基或醯氧基等脫離性取代基的不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類、與單官能或多官能的醇類、胺類、硫醇類的取代反應產物。 In addition, the low-molecular compound having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond may be, for example, a compound in which an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amidoamine having a nucleophilic substituent such as a hydroxyl group, an amino group, or a mercapto group is added to a monofunctional group. Or polyfunctional isocyanate or epoxy. In addition, a low-molecular compound having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond can also be suitably used. Substituted reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amidoamines with detachable substituents such as halogen groups or fluorenyl groups, and monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols.

另外,具有烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的共聚物樹脂例如也可為下述樹脂:經由使具有異氰酸酯基或環氧基,且具有烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的化合物與具有羥基、胺基、巰基等官能基的不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類的共聚合物中的所述官能基反應,而導入烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵所形成的樹脂。另外,具有烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的共聚物樹脂例如也可為下述樹脂:具有羧酸和烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的化合物與具有羥基、胺基、巰基等官能基的不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類的共聚合物縮合而形成的樹脂。 The copolymer resin having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond may be, for example, a resin having an isocyanate group or an epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond with a compound having a hydroxyl group, an amine group, An unsaturated carboxylic acid ester having a functional group such as a mercapto group or an ammonium-based copolymer reacts with the functional group to introduce a resin formed by an ethylenically unsaturated double bond. The copolymer resin having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond may be, for example, a resin including a compound having a carboxylic acid and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond, and an unsaturated carboxylic acid having a functional group such as a hydroxyl group, an amino group, or a mercapto group. A resin formed by the condensation of an acid ester or an amidine copolymer.

此外,聚合性樹脂成分例如可為下述成分:具備矽氧烷骨架,且在該矽氧烷骨架的末端以及側鏈中的至少一者中具備環氧基以及烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵中的至少一者的含有交聯性基的矽氧烷。 In addition, the polymerizable resin component may be, for example, a component having a siloxane skeleton and having an epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond in at least one of a terminal and a side chain of the siloxane skeleton. At least one of the silicones containing a crosslinkable group.

上述聚合性樹脂成分也可併用2種以上。 The polymerizable resin component may be used in combination of two or more.

[1. 具有環氧基之聚合性樹脂成分] [1. Polymerizable resin component having epoxy group]

具有環氧基之聚合性樹脂成分為在1分子中具有足以經由加熱或曝光而固化的環氧基的樹脂成分即可。其中,具有環氧基的聚合性樹脂成分較佳含有選自由環氧樹脂、以及具有環氧基的丙烯酸樹脂(Aac)所成之群中之至少1種樹脂,於此,對於環氧樹脂而言,例如,較佳為選自由 Novolacs型環氧樹脂(Anv)、雙酚型環氧樹脂(Abp)、以及脂環式環氧樹脂所成之群中之至少1種環氧樹脂。此等具有環氧基的聚合性樹脂成分可單獨使用1種或2種以上組合使用。此等樹脂中,更佳的環氧樹脂的具體例如下所示。 The polymerizable resin component having an epoxy group may be a resin component having an epoxy group sufficient in one molecule to be cured by heating or exposure. Among them, the polymerizable resin component having an epoxy group preferably contains at least one resin selected from the group consisting of an epoxy resin and an acrylic resin (Aac) having an epoxy group. Here, with respect to the epoxy resin, Language, for example, preferably selected from Novolacs epoxy resin (Anv), bisphenol epoxy resin (Abp), and at least one epoxy resin in the group formed by alicyclic epoxy resin. These polymerizable resin components having an epoxy group can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Specific examples of more preferable epoxy resins among these resins are shown below.

(1)Novolacs型環氧樹脂(Anv) (1) Novolacs epoxy resin (Anv)

作為Novolacs型環氧樹脂(Anv),可使用下述一般式(anv0)表示的樹脂。 As the Novolacs epoxy resin (Anv), a resin represented by the following general formula (anv0) can be used.

(式中,Ra11、Ra12各自獨立地為氫原子或碳數1~5的烷基,na11為1~5的整數。REP為含有環氧基的基)。 (In the formula, R a11 and R a12 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and na 11 is an integer of 1 to 5. R EP is an epoxy group-containing group).

式(anv0)中,Ra11、Ra12的碳數1~5的烷基為例如碳數1~5的直鏈狀、支鏈狀、或環狀的烷基。作為直鏈狀或支鏈狀的烷基,可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、叔丁基、戊基、異戊基、新戊基,作為環狀 的烷基,可舉出環丁基、環戊基等。其中,作為Ra11、Ra12,較佳氫原子或甲基。 In the formula (anv0), the alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms of R a11 and R a12 is , for example, a linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Examples of the linear or branched alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, and neopentyl Examples of the cyclic alkyl group include a cyclobutyl group and a cyclopentyl group. Among them, R a11 and R a12 are preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

式(anv0)中,REP為含有環氧基的基。作為REP即含有環氧基的基沒有特別限定,可舉出僅由環氧基所成之基;僅由脂環式環氧基所成之基;具有環氧基或脂環式環氧基、與2價連接基之基。所謂脂環式環氧基,係指具有作為3元環醚的氧雜環丙烷構造的脂環式基,具體而言,係具有脂環式基與氧雜環丙烷構造的基。作為成為脂環式環氧基的基本骨架的脂環式基,可為單環也可為多環。作為單環的脂環式基,可舉出環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基、環辛基等。另外,作為多環的脂環式基,可舉出降冰片基、異冰片基、三環壬基、三環癸基、四環十二烷基等。另外,此等脂環式基的氫原子可被烷基、烷氧基、羥基等取代。在為具有環氧基或脂環式環氧基、與2價連接基的基的情況下,較佳介隔與式中的氧原子(-O-)鍵結的2價連接基而鍵結有環氧基或脂環式環氧基。於此,作為2價連接基,沒有特別限定,可舉出可具有取代基的2價烴基、包含雜原子的2價連接基等作為合適的基。 In the formula (anv0), R EP is an epoxy group-containing group. The EP group that is an epoxy group-containing group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a group formed of only an epoxy group; a group formed of only an alicyclic epoxy group; and an epoxy group or an alicyclic epoxy Base, a base linked to a divalent radical. The alicyclic epoxy group means an alicyclic group having an oxeane structure as a 3-membered cyclic ether, and specifically, a group having an alicyclic group and an oxeane structure. The alicyclic group as a basic skeleton of an alicyclic epoxy group may be a monocyclic ring or a polycyclic ring. Examples of the monocyclic alicyclic group include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. Examples of the polycyclic alicyclic group include norbornyl, isobornyl, tricyclononyl, tricyclodecyl, and tetracyclododecyl. In addition, the hydrogen atom of these alicyclic groups may be substituted with an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, or the like. In the case of a group having an epoxy group or an alicyclic epoxy group and a divalent linking group, it is preferable to bond through a divalent linking group bonded to an oxygen atom (-O-) in the formula. Epoxy or alicyclic epoxy. Here, the divalent linking group is not particularly limited, and suitable examples include a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a divalent linking group containing a hetero atom, and the like.

關於可具有取代基的2價烴基: Regarding the divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent:

所述2價烴基可為脂肪族烴基,也可為芳香族烴基。作為2價烴基的脂肪族烴基可為飽和的,可為不飽和的,通常較佳為飽和。作為該脂肪族烴基,更具體而言,可舉出直鏈狀或支鏈狀的脂肪族烴基、或構造中包含環的脂肪 族烴基等。 The divalent hydrocarbon group may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group as the divalent hydrocarbon group may be saturated or unsaturated, and it is usually preferably saturated. Specific examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group include a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, or a fat containing a ring in the structure. Group hydrocarbon groups and the like.

前述直鏈狀的脂肪族烴基的碳數較佳為1~10,更佳為1~6,進一步較佳為1~4,最佳為1~3。作為直鏈狀的脂肪族烴基,較佳直鏈狀的亞烷基,具體而言,可舉出亞甲基[-CH2-]、亞乙基[-(CH2)2-]、三亞甲基[-(CH2)3-]、四亞甲基[-(CH2)4-]、五亞甲基[-(CH2)5-]等。 The carbon number of the linear aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 6, even more preferably 1 to 4, and most preferably 1 to 3. The linear aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably a linear alkylene group. Specific examples include a methylene group [-CH 2- ], an ethylene group [-(CH 2 ) 2- ], and a trimethylene group. Methyl [-(CH 2 ) 3- ], tetramethylene [-(CH 2 ) 4- ], pentamethylene [-(CH 2 ) 5- ], and the like.

前述支鏈狀的脂肪族烴基的碳數較佳為2~10,更佳為2~6,進一步較佳為2~4,最佳為2或3。作為支鏈狀的脂肪族烴基,較佳支鏈狀的亞烷基,具體而言,可舉出-CH(CH3)-、-CH(CH2CH3)-、-C(CH3)2-、-C(CH3)(CH2CH3)-、-C(CH3)(CH2CH2CH3)-、-C(CH2CH3)2-等烷基亞甲基;-CH(CH3)CH2-、-CH(CH3)CH(CH3)-、-C(CH3)2CH2-、-CH(CH2CH3)CH2-、-C(CH2CH3)2CH2-等烷基亞乙基;-CH(CH3)CH2CH2-、-CH2CH(CH3)CH2-等烷基三亞甲基;-CH(CH3)CH2CH2CH2-、-CH2CH(CH3)CH2CH2-等烷基四亞甲基等烷基亞烷基等。作為烷基亞烷基中的烷基,較佳碳數1~5的直鏈狀的烷基。 The carbon number of the branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 6, still more preferably 2 to 4, and most preferably 2 or 3. The branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably a branched alkylene group. Specific examples include -CH (CH 3 )-, -CH (CH 2 CH 3 )-, and -C (CH 3 ). 2- , -C (CH 3 ) (CH 2 CH 3 )-, -C (CH 3 ) (CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 )-, -C (CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 -and other alkyl methylene groups; -CH (CH 3 ) CH 2- , -CH (CH 3 ) CH (CH 3 )-, -C (CH 3 ) 2 CH 2- , -CH (CH 2 CH 3 ) CH 2- , -C (CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 -isoalkylethylene; -CH (CH 3 ) CH 2 CH 2- , -CH 2 CH (CH 3 ) CH 2 -isoalkyltrimethylene; -CH (CH 3 ) CH 2 CH 2 CH 2- , -CH 2 CH (CH 3 ) CH 2 CH 2- , alkyl alkylene such as alkyl tetramethylene, and the like. The alkyl group in the alkylalkylene group is preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.

作為前述構造中包含環的脂肪族烴基,可舉出脂環式烴基(從脂肪族烴環中除去2個氫原子得到的基)、脂環式烴基鍵結於直鏈狀或支鏈狀的脂肪族烴基的末端而得到的基、脂環式烴基存在於直鏈狀或支鏈狀的脂肪族烴基的鏈中的基等。作為前述直鏈狀或支鏈狀的脂肪族烴基,可舉出與上述同樣的基。前述脂環式烴基的碳數較佳為3~20,更佳為3~12。前述脂環式烴基可為多環式 基團,也可為單環式基。作為單環式的脂環式烴基,較佳從單環烷烴中除去2個氫原子而得到的基。作為該單環烷烴,較佳碳數3~6,具體而言可舉出環戊烷、環己烷等。 Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing a ring in the structure include an alicyclic hydrocarbon group (a group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring), and an alicyclic hydrocarbon group bonded to a linear or branched chain. The group obtained by the terminal of an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, the group which an alicyclic hydrocarbon group exists in the chain of a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, etc. Examples of the linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group include the same groups as described above. The carbon number of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group is preferably 3 to 20, and more preferably 3 to 12. The alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be polycyclic The group may be a monocyclic group. The monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group is preferably a group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from a monocyclic alkane. As the monocycloalkane, a carbon number of 3 to 6 is preferred, and specific examples thereof include cyclopentane and cyclohexane.

作為多環式的脂環式烴基,較佳從多環烷烴中除去2個氫原子而得到的基,作為該多環烷烴,較佳碳數7~12,具體而言可舉出金剛烷、降冰片烷、異冰片烷、三環癸烷、四環十二烷等。 The polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group is preferably a group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from a polycyclic alkane. The polycyclic alkane preferably has 7 to 12 carbon atoms. Specific examples include adamantane, Norbornane, isobornane, tricyclodecane, tetracyclododecane and the like.

2價烴基中的芳香族烴基是具有至少1個芳香環的烴基。該芳香環只要是具有(4n+2)個π電子的環狀共軛體系則沒有特別限定,可為單環式也可為多環式。芳香環之碳原子數較佳為5~30,更佳為5~20,進一步較佳為6~15,特別較佳為6~12。作為芳香環,具體而言,可舉出苯、萘、蒽、菲等芳香族烴環;構成前述芳香族烴環的一部分碳原子被雜原子取代的芳香族雜環等。作為芳香族雜環中的雜原子,可舉出氧原子、硫原子、氮原子等。作為芳香族雜環,具體而言,可舉出吡啶環、噻吩環等。 The aromatic hydrocarbon group in the divalent hydrocarbon group is a hydrocarbon group having at least one aromatic ring. The aromatic ring is not particularly limited as long as it is a cyclic conjugated system having (4n + 2) π electrons, and may be a monocyclic or polycyclic ring. The number of carbon atoms of the aromatic ring is preferably 5 to 30, more preferably 5 to 20, even more preferably 6 to 15, and particularly preferably 6 to 12. Specific examples of the aromatic ring include aromatic hydrocarbon rings such as benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, and phenanthrene; and aromatic heterocyclic rings in which a part of carbon atoms constituting the aromatic hydrocarbon ring is substituted with a hetero atom. Examples of the hetero atom in the aromatic heterocyclic ring include an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and a nitrogen atom. Specific examples of the aromatic heterocyclic ring include a pyridine ring and a thiophene ring.

作為芳香族烴基,具體而言,可舉出從前述芳香族烴環或芳香族雜環中除去2個氫原子而得到的基(亞芳基或雜亞芳基);從包含2個以上芳香環的芳香族化合物(例如聯苯、芴等)中除去2個氫原子而得到的基;從前述芳香族烴環或芳香族雜環中除去1個氫原子而得到的基(芳基或雜芳基)中的1個氫原子被亞烷基取代的基(例如,從苄基、苯基乙基、1-萘基甲基、2-萘基甲基、1-萘基乙基、2-萘基乙基等芳基烷基中的芳基中進一步除去1 個氫原子而得到的基)等。與前述芳基或雜芳基鍵結的亞烷基的碳數較佳為1~4,更佳為1~2,特別較佳為1。 Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include a group (arylene group or heteroarylene group) obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from the aromatic hydrocarbon ring or aromatic heterocyclic ring; A group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from a ring aromatic compound (such as biphenyl, fluorene, etc.); and a group (aryl or hetero group) obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the aromatic hydrocarbon ring or aromatic heterocyclic ring. An aryl group in which one hydrogen atom is substituted with an alkylene group (for example, benzyl, phenylethyl, 1-naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylmethyl, 1-naphthylethyl, 2 -Naphthylethyl and other arylalkyl groups further removed from the aryl group 1 Hydrogen atom). The number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group bonded to the aforementioned aryl or heteroaryl group is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 2, and particularly preferably 1.

2價烴基可具有取代基。作為2價烴基的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的脂肪族烴基而言,可具有取代基,也可不具有取代基。作為該取代基,可舉出氟原子、被氟原子取代的碳數1~5的氟烷基、羰基等。 The divalent hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. The linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group of the divalent hydrocarbon group may or may not have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a fluorine atom, a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms substituted with a fluorine atom, and a carbonyl group.

作為2價烴基的、構造中包含環的脂肪族烴基中的脂環式烴基,可具有取代基,也可不具有取代基。作為該取代基,可舉出烷基、烷氧基、鹵原子、鹵化烷基、羥基、羰基等。作為前述取代基的烷基較佳碳數1~5的烷基,最佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、正丁基、叔丁基。作為前述取代基的烷氧基較佳碳數1~5的烷氧基,較佳甲氧基、乙氧基、正丙氧基、異丙氧基、正丁氧基、叔丁氧基,最佳甲氧基、乙氧基。作為前述取代基的鹵原子,可舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等,更佳氟原子。作為前述取代基的鹵化烷基,可舉出前述烷基的氫原子的一部分或全部被上述鹵原子取代的基。對於脂環式烴基而言,構成其環構造的一部分碳原子可以被含有雜原子的取代基取代。作為該含有雜原子的取代基,較佳-O-、-C(=O)-O-、-S-、-S(=O)2-、-S(=O)2-O-。 The alicyclic hydrocarbon group in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group including a ring in the structure as the divalent hydrocarbon group may or may not have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a halogenated alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, and a carbonyl group. The alkyl group as the substituent is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, most preferably methyl, ethyl, propyl, n-butyl, or tert-butyl. The alkoxy group as the aforementioned substituent is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an n-propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, an n-butoxy group, or a tert-butoxy group. Best methoxy, ethoxy. Examples of the halogen atom of the substituent include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. A fluorine atom is more preferred. Examples of the halogenated alkyl group of the substituent include a group in which part or all of the hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group are substituted by the halogen atom. In the alicyclic hydrocarbon group, a part of the carbon atoms constituting the ring structure may be substituted with a substituent containing a hetero atom. As the hetero atom-containing substituent, -O-, -C (= O) -O-, -S-, -S (= O) 2- , and -S (= O) 2 -O- are preferred.

作為2價烴基的芳香族烴基中,該芳香族烴基所具有的氫原子可被取代基取代。例如,該芳香族烴基中的鍵結於芳香環的氫原子可被取代基取代。作為該取代基,例如,可舉出烷基、烷氧基、鹵原子、鹵化烷基、羥 基等。作為前述取代基的烷基較佳碳數1~5的烷基,最佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、正丁基、叔丁基。作為前述取代基的烷氧基、鹵原子以及鹵化烷基,可舉出作為取代前述脂環式烴基所具有的氫原子的取代基而例示的基。 In the aromatic hydrocarbon group which is a divalent hydrocarbon group, a hydrogen atom which the aromatic hydrocarbon group has may be substituted with a substituent. For example, a hydrogen atom bonded to an aromatic ring in the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a halogenated alkyl group, and a hydroxy group. Base etc. The alkyl group as the substituent is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, most preferably methyl, ethyl, propyl, n-butyl, or tert-butyl. Examples of the alkoxy group, the halogen atom, and the halogenated alkyl group as the substituent include groups exemplified as a substituent that replaces a hydrogen atom of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group.

關於含有雜原子的2價連接基: About divalent linking groups containing heteroatoms:

所謂含有雜原子的2價連接基中的雜原子,係指碳原子以及氫原子以外的原子,例如可舉出氧原子、氮原子、硫原子、鹵原子等。包含雜原子的2價連接基中,作為該連接基而較佳的例子,可舉出-O-、-C(=O)-O-、-C(=O)-、-O-C(=O)-O-;-C(=O)-NH-、-NH-、-NH-C(=O)-O-、-NH-C(=NH)-(H可以被烷基、醯基等取代基取代。);-S-、-S(=O)2-、-S(=O)2-O-、一般式-Y21-O-Y22-、-Y21-O-、-Y21-C(=O)-O-、-C(=O)-O-Y21-、-[Y21-C(=O)-O]m”-Y22-或-Y21-O-C(=O)-Y22-表示的基[式中,Y21以及Y22各自獨立地為可具有取代基的2價烴基,O為氧原子,m”為0~3的整數。]等。前述包含雜原子的2價連接基為-C(=O)-NH-、-NH-、-NH-C(=O)-O-、-NH-C(=NH)-的情況下,其中的H可以被烷基、醯基等取代基取代。該取代基(烷基、醯基等)的碳原子數較佳為1~10,進一步較佳為1~8,特別佳為1~5。式-Y21-O-Y22-、-Y21-O-、-Y21-C(=O)-O-、-C(=O)-O-Y21-、-[Y21-C(=O)-O]m”-Y22-或-Y21-O-C(=O)-Y22-中的Y21以及Y22各自獨立地為可具有取代基的2價烴基。作為該2價烴基,可舉出與上述2價連接基的說明中列舉的「可具有取代基的2價烴基」同樣的基。作為 Y21,較佳為直鏈狀的脂肪族烴基,更佳為直鏈狀的亞烷基,進一步較佳為碳數1~5的直鏈狀的亞烷基,特別佳為亞甲基或亞乙基。作為Y22,較佳為直鏈狀或支鏈狀的脂肪族烴基,更佳為亞甲基、亞乙基或烷基亞甲基。對於該烷基亞甲基中的烷基而言,較佳為碳數1~5的直鏈狀的烷基,更佳為碳數1~3的直鏈狀的烷基,最佳為甲基。式-[Y21-C(=O)-O]m”-Y22-表示的基中,m”為0~3的整數,較佳為為0~2的整數,更佳為0或1,特別佳為1。即,作為式-[Y21-C(=O)-O]m”-Y22-表示的基,特別佳為式-Y21-C(=O)-O-Y22-表示的基。其中,較佳為式-(CH2)a’-C(=O)-O-(CH2)b’-表示的基。該式中,a’為1~10的整數,較佳為1~8的整數,更佳為1~5的整數,進一步較佳為1或2,最佳為1。b’為1~10的整數,較佳為1~8的整數,更佳為1~5的整數,進一步較佳為1或2,最佳為1。其中,作為REP即含有環氧基的基,較佳為縮水甘油基。 The hetero atom in the divalent linking group containing a hetero atom means an atom other than a carbon atom and a hydrogen atom, and examples thereof include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, and a halogen atom. Among divalent linking groups containing a hetero atom, as the preferred examples of the linking group, -O-, -C (= O) -O-, -C (= O)-, -OC (= O ) -O-; -C (= O) -NH-, -NH-, -NH-C (= O) -O-, -NH-C (= NH)-(H can be alkyl, fluorenyl, etc. substituents); -. S -, - S (= O) 2 -, - S (= O) 2 -O-, the general formula -Y 21 -OY 22 -, - Y 21 -O -, - Y 21 -C (= O) -O-, -C (= O) -OY 21 -,-[Y 21 -C (= O) -O] m ” -Y 22 -or -Y 21 -OC (= O) A group represented by -Y 22- [wherein Y 21 and Y 22 are each independently a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, O is an oxygen atom, and m ”is an integer of 0 to 3. ]Wait. When the aforementioned divalent linking group containing a hetero atom is -C (= O) -NH-, -NH-, -NH-C (= O) -O-, -NH-C (= NH)-, where H may be substituted by a substituent such as an alkyl group or a fluorenyl group. The number of carbon atoms of the substituent (alkyl group, fluorenyl group, etc.) is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 8, and particularly preferably 1 to 5. -Y 21 -OY 22- , -Y 21 -O-, -Y 21 -C (= O) -O-, -C (= O) -OY 21 -,-(Y 21 -C (= O) Y 21 and Y 22 in -O] m " -Y 22 -or -Y 21 -OC (= O) -Y 22 -are each independently a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. As the divalent hydrocarbon group, The same group as the "divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent" mentioned in the description of the said divalent linking group is mentioned. Y 21 is preferably a linear aliphatic hydrocarbon group, more preferably a linear alkylene group, still more preferably a linear alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a methylene group. Or ethylene. Y 22 is preferably a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and more preferably a methylene group, an ethylene group, or an alkylmethylene group. The alkyl group in the alkylmethylene group is preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and most preferably a methyl group. base. In the base represented by the formula-[Y 21 -C (= O) -O] m " -Y 22- , m" is an integer of 0 to 3, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and more preferably 0 or 1 , Particularly preferably 1. That is, the group represented by the formula-[Y 21 -C (= O) -O] m " -Y 22 -is particularly preferably the group represented by the formula -Y 21 -C (= O) -OY 22- . Among them, It is preferably a group represented by the formula-(CH 2 ) a ' -C (= O) -O- (CH 2 ) b'- . In the formula, a 'is an integer of 1 to 10, and preferably 1 to 8 Is an integer of 1 to 5, more preferably 1 or 2, and most preferably 1. b 'is an integer of 1 to 10, preferably an integer of 1 to 8, and more preferably 1 to 5 The integer is more preferably 1 or 2, and most preferably 1. Among them, R EP is a group containing an epoxy group, and preferably a glycidyl group.

另外,作為Novolacs型環氧樹脂(Anv),可合適地使用包含下述一般式(anv1)表示的構成單元的樹脂。 As the Novolacs epoxy resin (Anv), a resin containing a structural unit represented by the following general formula (anv1) can be suitably used.

(式中,REP為含有環氧基的基,Ra22、Ra23各自獨立地為氫原子、碳數1~5的烷基、或鹵原子)。 (In the formula, R EP is an epoxy group-containing group, and R a22 and R a23 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom).

式(anv1)中,Ra22、Ra23的碳數1~5的烷基與前述式(anv0)中的Ra11、Ra12的碳數1~5的烷基同樣。Ra22、Ra23的鹵原子較佳為氯原子或溴原子。式(anv1)中,REP與上述式(anv0)中的REP同樣,較佳為縮水甘油基。 In the formula (anv1), the alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms of R a22 and R a23 are the same as the alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms of R a11 and R a12 in the aforementioned formula (anv0). The halogen atom of R a22 and R a23 is preferably a chlorine atom or a bromine atom. In the formula (anv1), R EP and in the formula (anv0) R EP Likewise, preferably a glycidyl group.

以下示出前述式(anv1)表示的構成單元的具體例子。 Specific examples of the constituent units represented by the aforementioned formula (anv1) are shown below.

Novolacs型環氧樹脂(Anv)可以是僅由前述構成單元(anv1)所成的樹脂,較佳為具有構成單元(anv1)、與其他的結構單元的樹脂。作為其他的構成單元,例如,可舉出分別以下述一般式(anv2)~(anv3)表示的構成單元。 The Novolacs epoxy resin (Anv) may be a resin made of only the aforementioned structural unit (anv1), and a resin having a structural unit (anv1) and other structural units is preferred. As another structural unit, the structural unit represented by the following general formula (anv2)-(anv3), respectively is mentioned.

(式中,Ra24為可具有取代基的烴基,Ra25~Ra26、Ra28~Ra30各自獨立地為氫原子、碳原子數1~5的烷基、或鹵原子,Ra27為含有環氧基的基或可具有取代基的烴基。) (In the formula, R a24 is a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. R a25 to R a26 and R a28 to R a30 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom. R a27 is a group containing An epoxy group or a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.)

式(anv2)中,Ra24為可具有取代基的烴基。作為可具有取代基的烴基,可舉出直鏈狀或支鏈狀的烷基、環狀的烴基。該直鏈狀的烷基的碳數較佳為1~5,更佳為1~4,進一步較佳為1或2。具體而言,可舉出甲基、乙基、正丙基、正丁基、正戊基等。此等之中,較佳為甲基、乙基或正丁基,更佳為甲基或乙基。 In the formula (anv2), R a24 is a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. Examples of the hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent include a linear or branched alkyl group and a cyclic hydrocarbon group. The carbon number of the linear alkyl group is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 4, and even more preferably 1 or 2. Specific examples include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, and n-pentyl. Among these, methyl, ethyl or n-butyl is preferred, and methyl or ethyl is more preferred.

該支鏈狀的烷基的碳原子數較佳為3~10,更佳為3~5。具體而言,可舉出異丙基、異丁基、叔丁基、異戊基、新戊基、1,1-二乙基丙基、2,2-二甲基丁基等,較佳為異丙基。 The number of carbon atoms of the branched alkyl group is preferably 3 to 10, and more preferably 3 to 5. Specific examples include isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, 1,1-diethylpropyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, and the like. Is isopropyl.

Ra24為環狀的烴基的情況下,該烴基可為脂肪族烴基,也可為芳香族烴基,另外,可為多環式基也可為單環式基。作為單環式基的脂肪族烴基,較佳為從單環烷烴中除去1個氫原子而得到的基。作為該單環烷烴,較佳為碳數3~6的烷烴,具體而言可舉出環戊烷、環己烷等。 作為多環式基的脂肪族烴基,較佳從多環烷烴中除去1個氫原子而得到的基,作為該多環烷烴,較佳為碳原子數7~12的烷烴,具體而言可舉出金剛烷、降冰片烷、異冰片烷、三環癸烷、四環十二烷等。 When R a24 is a cyclic hydrocarbon group, the hydrocarbon group may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and may be a polycyclic group or a monocyclic group. As the monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a monocyclic alkane is preferred. The monocycloalkane is preferably an alkane having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include cyclopentane and cyclohexane. As the polycyclic group aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a polycyclic alkane is preferable, and as the polycyclic alkane, an alkane having 7 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable, and specifically, an example Adamantane, norbornane, isobornane, tricyclodecane, tetracyclododecane and the like are produced.

Ra24的環狀的烴基為芳香族烴基的情況下,該芳香族烴基為具有至少1個芳香環的烴基。該芳香環只要為具有(4n+2)個π電子的環狀共軛體系則沒有特別限定,可為單環式也可為多環式。芳香環的碳數較佳為5~30,更佳為5~20,進一步較佳為6~15,特別佳為6~12。作為芳香環,具體而言,可舉出苯、萘、蒽、菲等芳香族烴環;構成前述芳香族烴環的一部分碳原子被雜原子取代的芳香族雜環等。作為芳香族雜環中的雜原子,可舉出氧原子、硫原子、氮原子等。作為芳香族雜環,具體而言,可舉出吡啶環、噻吩環等。作為Ra24中的芳香族烴基,具體而言,可舉出從前述芳香族烴環或芳香族雜環中除去1個氫原子而得到的基(芳基或雜芳基);從包含2個以上芳香環的芳香族化合物(例如聯苯、芴等)中除去1個氫原子而得到的基;前述芳香族烴環或芳香族雜環的1個氫原子被亞烷基取代的基(例如,苄基、苯基乙基、1-萘基甲基、2-萘基甲基、1-萘基乙基、2-萘基乙基等芳基烷基等)等。與前述芳香族烴環或芳香族雜環鍵結的亞烷基的碳數較佳為1~4,更佳為1~2,特別佳為1。 When the cyclic hydrocarbon group of R a24 is an aromatic hydrocarbon group, the aromatic hydrocarbon group is a hydrocarbon group having at least one aromatic ring. The aromatic ring is not particularly limited as long as it is a cyclic conjugated system having (4n + 2) π electrons, and may be a monocyclic or polycyclic ring. The carbon number of the aromatic ring is preferably 5 to 30, more preferably 5 to 20, still more preferably 6 to 15, and particularly preferably 6 to 12. Specific examples of the aromatic ring include aromatic hydrocarbon rings such as benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, and phenanthrene; and aromatic heterocyclic rings in which a part of carbon atoms constituting the aromatic hydrocarbon ring is substituted with a hetero atom. Examples of the hetero atom in the aromatic heterocyclic ring include an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and a nitrogen atom. Specific examples of the aromatic heterocyclic ring include a pyridine ring and a thiophene ring. Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group in R a24 include a group (aryl or heteroaryl) obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the aromatic hydrocarbon ring or aromatic heterocyclic ring; A group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from an aromatic compound (e.g., biphenyl, fluorene, etc.) of the above aromatic ring; a group in which one hydrogen atom of the aforementioned aromatic hydrocarbon ring or aromatic heterocyclic ring is substituted with an alkylene group (e.g., , Benzyl, phenylethyl, 1-naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylmethyl, arylalkyl such as 1-naphthylethyl, 2-naphthylethyl, etc.) and the like. The number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group bonded to the aromatic hydrocarbon ring or the aromatic heterocyclic ring is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 2, and particularly preferably 1.

式(anv2)、(anv3)中,Ra25~Ra26、Ra28~Ra30各自獨立地為氫原子、碳數1~5的烷基、或鹵原子,碳數 1~5的烷基、鹵原子分別與前述Ra22、Ra23同樣。 In the formulae (anv2) and (anv3), R a25 to R a26 and R a28 to R a30 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, The halogen atoms are the same as those of R a22 and R a23 .

式(anv3)中,Ra27為含有環氧基的基或可具有取代基的烴基。作為Ra27的含有環氧基的基與上述式(anv0)中的REP同樣,作為Ra27的可具有取代基的烴基與Ra24同樣。 In the formula (anv3), R a27 is a group containing an epoxy group or an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group. As the group of the above formula (anv0) of the epoxy group-containing R EP of the same R a27, R a27 may be the same as the hydrocarbon group having a substituent group and R a24.

以下示出上述式(anv2)~(anv3)表示的構成單元的具體例子。 Specific examples of the constituent units represented by the formulae (anv2) to (anv3) are shown below.

另外,作為可對前述一般式(anv1)表示的構成單元進行取代的其他的構成單元,除了前述式(anv2)~(anv3)表示的構成單元以外,還可舉出多環烷烴構成單元。作為這般的多環烷烴構成單元,較佳為碳數7~12的構成單元,具體而言,可舉出金剛烷構成單元、降冰片烷構成單元、異冰片烷構成單元、三環癸烷構成單元、四環十二烷構成單元等。 Moreover, as another structural unit which can replace the structural unit represented by the said general formula (anv1), a polycycloalkane structural unit is mentioned besides the structural unit represented by said formula (anv2)-(anv3). As such a polycycloalkane constituent unit, a constituent unit having 7 to 12 carbon atoms is preferred. Specific examples include an adamantane constituent unit, a norbornane constituent unit, an isobornane constituent unit, and tricyclodecane. Constituent units, tetracyclododecane constituent units, and the like.

Novolacs型環氧樹脂(Anv)除了構成單元 (anv1)以外還具有其他的構成單元的情況下,樹脂(Anv)中的各構成單元的比例沒有特別限定,相對於構成樹脂(Anv)的全部構成單元的總和,具有環氧基的構成單元的總和較佳為10~90莫耳%,更佳為20~80莫耳%,進一步較佳為30~70莫耳%。 Novolacs epoxy resin (Anv) When (anv1) has other constituent units, the proportion of each constituent unit in the resin (Anv) is not particularly limited, and it is a constituent unit having an epoxy group with respect to the total of all constituent units constituting the resin (Anv). The total is preferably 10 to 90 mole%, more preferably 20 to 80 mole%, and still more preferably 30 to 70 mole%.

作為市售品的Novolacs型環氧樹脂(Anv),例如,可舉出JER-152、JER-154、JER-157S70、JER-157S65、(以上,三菱化學(股)製)、EPICLONN-740、EPICLONN-740、EPICLONN-770、EPICLONN-775、EPICLONN-660、EPICLONN-665、EPICLONN-670、EPICLONN-673、EPICLONN-680、EPICLONN-690、EPICLONN-695、EPICLONHP5000、EPICLONHP7200(以上,DIC(股)製)、EOCN-1020(以上,日本化藥(股)製)等。 Examples of commercially available Novolacs epoxy resins (Anv) include JER-152, JER-154, JER-157S70, JER-157S65, (above, manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), EPICLONN-740, EPICLONN-740, EPICLONN-770, EPICLONN-775, EPICLONN-660, EPICLONN-665, EPICLONN-670, EPICLONN-673, EPICLONN-680, EPICLONN-690, EPICLONN-695, EPICLONHP5000, EPICLONHP7200 (above, DIC (shares) System), EOCN-1020 (above, Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and so on.

(2)雙酚型環氧樹脂(Abp) (2) Bisphenol epoxy resin (Abp)

作為雙酚型環氧樹脂(Abp),可使用下述一般式(abp1)表示的構造的環氧樹脂。 As the bisphenol-type epoxy resin (Abp), an epoxy resin having a structure represented by the following general formula (abp1) can be used.

(式中,REP為含有環氧基的基,Ra31、Ra32各自獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~5的烷基,na31為1~50的 整數。) (In the formula, R EP is an epoxy group-containing group, R a31 and R a32 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and na 31 is an integer of 1 to 50.)

式(abp1)中,Ra31、Ra32的碳數1~5的烷基與前述式(anv0)中的作為Ra11、Ra12的碳數1~5的烷基同樣。其中,作為Ra31、Ra32,較佳氫原子或甲基。REP與前述式(anv0)中的REP同樣,較佳縮水甘油基。 In the formula (abp1), the alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbons of R a31 and R a32 are the same as the alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbons as R a11 and R a12 in the aforementioned formula (anv0). Among them, R a31 and R a32 are preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R EP in the aforementioned formula (anv0) R EP Similarly, preferred glycidyl group.

作為雙酚型環氧樹脂(Abp),例如,可舉出JER-827、JER-828、JER-834、JER-1001、JER-1002、JER-1003、JER-1055、JER-1007、JER-1009、JER-1010(以上,三菱化學(股)製)、EPICLON860、EPICLON1050、EPICLON1051、EPICLON1055(以上,DIC(股)製)等;作為雙酚F型環氧樹脂,可舉出JER-806、JER-807、JER-4004、JER-4005、JER-4007、JER-4010(以上,三菱化學(股)製)、EPICLON830、EPICLON835(以上,DIC(股)製)、LCE-21、RE-602S(以上,日本化藥(股)製)等。 Examples of the bisphenol epoxy resin (Abp) include JER-827, JER-828, JER-834, JER-1001, JER-1002, JER-1003, JER-1055, JER-1007, and JER- 1009, JER-1010 (above, manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), EPICLON860, EPICLON1050, EPICLON1051, EPICLON1055 (above, manufactured by DIC), etc .; as the bisphenol F-type epoxy resin, JER-806, JER-807, JER-4004, JER-4005, JER-4007, JER-4010 (above, manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical (stock)), EPICLON830, EPICLON835 (above, manufactured by DIC (stock)), LCE-21, RE-602S (Above, made by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and so on.

(3)脂環式環氧樹脂(A1) (3) Alicyclic epoxy resin (A1)

對於具有環氧基的聚合性樹脂成分而言,可使用脂環式環氧樹脂(A1)(以下,亦稱為「(A1)成分」)。於此,脂環式環氧樹脂(A1)如下式(A1)所示。 As the polymerizable resin component having an epoxy group, an alicyclic epoxy resin (A1) (hereinafter, also referred to as "(A1) component") can be used. Here, the alicyclic epoxy resin (A1) is represented by the following formula (A1).

(式中,R1、R2各自獨立地表示可以具有脂環式環氧基的有機基,且至少R1、R2中的任一者具有脂環式環氧基,Y1、Y2各自獨立地表示單鍵或2價連接基。) (Wherein R 1 and R 2 each independently represent an organic group which may have an alicyclic epoxy group, and at least one of R 1 and R 2 has an alicyclic epoxy group, and Y 1 and Y 2 Each independently represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.)

式(A1)中,R1、R2各自獨立地表示可以具有脂環式環氧基的有機基,且至少R1、R2中的一者具有脂環式環氧基。本實施形態中,所謂「可以具有脂環式環氧基的有機基團」,除了脂環式環氧基與有機基的組合以外,也包含僅含有脂環式環氧基的基(有機基團)。 In formula (A1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent an organic group which may have an alicyclic epoxy group, and at least one of R 1 and R 2 has an alicyclic epoxy group. In this embodiment, the "organic group which may have an alicyclic epoxy group" includes a group containing only an alicyclic epoxy group (organic group) in addition to a combination of an alicyclic epoxy group and an organic group. group).

作為有機基,例如,可舉出可具有取代基的直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀的烷基,可具有取代基的芳基、可具有取代基的雜芳基、可具有取代基的芳烷基,或可具有取代基的雜芳烷基。 Examples of the organic group include a linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, a heteroaryl group which may have a substituent, and an organic group which may have a substituent. Aralkyl, or heteroaralkyl which may have a substituent.

R1、R2的有機基可以具有脂環式環氧基,且至少R1、R2中的一者具有脂環式環氧基。作為R1、R2的可以具有脂環式環氧基的有機基,可以分別相同或不同。作為R1、R2,較佳為二者均具有脂環式環氧基的有機基,更佳為二者均由脂環式環氧基形成的基,特別佳為二者均為1,2-環氧環己基。 The organic groups of R 1 and R 2 may have an alicyclic epoxy group, and at least one of R 1 and R 2 may have an alicyclic epoxy group. The organic groups which may have an alicyclic epoxy group as R 1 and R 2 may be the same or different, respectively. As R 1 and R 2 , an organic group in which both of them have an alicyclic epoxy group is preferable, a group in which both of them are formed of an alicyclic epoxy group, and both of them are particularly preferably 1, 2-epoxycyclohexyl.

式(A1)中,Y1、Y2各自獨立地表示單鍵或2價連接基。作為2價連接基沒有特別限定,可舉出直鏈狀、支鏈狀、或構造中包含環的脂肪族烴基、或芳香族烴基。該脂肪族烴基或芳香族烴基可具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出烷基、烷氧基、鹵原子、鹵化烷基、羥基、羰基等。另外,對於脂肪族烴基或芳香族烴基而言,構成其 構造的一部分碳原子以及氫原子可以被含有雜原子的取代基取代。作為含有雜原子的取代基,可舉出-O-、-C(=O)-O-、-C(=O)-、-O-C(=O)-O-;-C(=O)-NH-、-NH-、-NH-C(=O)-O-、-NH-C(=NH)-(H可被烷基、醯基等取代基取代。);-S-、-S(=O)2-、-S(=O)2-O-、一般式-Y21-O-Y22-、-Y21-O-、-Y21-C(=O)-O-、-C(=O)-O-Y21-、-[Y21-C(=O)-O]m”-Y22-或-Y21-O-C(=O)-Y22-表示的基[式中,Y21以及Y22各自獨立地為可具有取代基的2價烴基,較佳為直鏈狀或支鏈狀的亞烷基。式中的O為氧原子,m”為0~3的整數。]等。 In the formula (A1), Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a linear, branched, or aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group containing a ring in the structure. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group or the aromatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a halogenated alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, and a carbonyl group. In addition, in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group or the aromatic hydrocarbon group, a part of the carbon atoms and hydrogen atoms constituting the structure may be substituted with a substituent containing a hetero atom. Examples of the hetero atom-containing substituent include -O-, -C (= O) -O-, -C (= O)-, -OC (= O) -O-; -C (= O)- NH-, -NH-, -NH-C (= O) -O-, -NH-C (= NH)-(H may be substituted with substituents such as alkyl and fluorenyl.); -S-, -S (= O) 2 -, - S (= O) 2 -O-, the general formula -Y 21 -OY 22 -, - Y 21 -O -, - Y 21 -C (= O) -O -, - C (= O) -OY 21 -,-[Y 21 -C (= O) -O] m " -Y 22 -or -Y 21 -OC (= O) -Y 22 -Representation [wherein Y 21 and Y 22 are each independently a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, and are preferably a linear or branched alkylene group. O in the formula is an oxygen atom, and m ”is an integer of 0 to 3. ]Wait.

Y1、Y2可以分別相同或不同。Y1、Y2為2價連接基的情況下,該2價連接基較佳為可具有取代基的直鏈狀、支鏈狀、或構造中包含環的脂肪族烴基,更佳為可具有取代基的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的脂肪族烴基,進一步較佳為可具有取代基的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的亞烷基。脂肪族烴基、亞烷基的碳數較佳為1~30,更佳為1~10,進一步較佳為1~3。作為Y1、Y2,較佳為單鍵、亞甲基、亞乙基或亞丙基,進一步較佳為單鍵或亞甲基,特別佳Y1為單鍵、Y2為亞甲基。 Y 1 and Y 2 may be the same or different, respectively. When Y 1 and Y 2 are a divalent linking group, the divalent linking group is preferably a linear, branched, or aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing a ring in the structure, and more preferably, it may have The linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a substituent is more preferably a linear or branched alkylene group which may have a substituent. The carbon number of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the alkylene group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 10, and even more preferably 1 to 3. As Y 1 and Y 2 , a single bond, methylene, ethylene, or propylene is preferred, and a single bond or methylene is more preferred. Particularly, Y 1 is a single bond and Y 2 is methylene. .

作為(A1)成分的較佳例子,可舉出以下式(A1-1)~(A1-2)表示的化合物。 Preferable examples of the component (A1) include compounds represented by the following formulae (A1-1) to (A1-2).

(式中,R1、R2與上述同樣,Y02為單鍵或2價連接基,n1、n4各自獨立地為0~3的整數,n2為0~10的整數,n3為0或1)。 (Wherein R 1 and R 2 are the same as above, Y 02 is a single bond or a divalent linking group, n 1 and n 4 are each independently an integer of 0 to 3, n 2 is an integer of 0 to 10, and n 3 0 or 1).

式(A1-1)~(A1-2)中,R1、R2與上述相同,較佳為二者均具有脂環式環氧基的有機基,更佳為二者均脂環式環氧基。式(A1-1)~(A1-2)中,Y02為單鍵或2價連接基,作為2價連接基可舉出與上述Y1、Y2同樣的基。其中,較佳為單鍵、或可具有取代基的直鏈狀、支鏈狀、或構造中包含環的脂肪族烴基。式(A1-1)~(A1-2)中,n1、n4各自獨立地為0~3的整數,較佳為0或1。式(A1-1)~(A1-2)中,n2為0~10的整數,較佳為0~5的整數,進一步較佳為0。式(A1-1)~(A1-2)中,n3為0或1,較佳為0。 In the formulae (A1-1) to (A1-2), R 1 and R 2 are the same as above, preferably an organic group having an alicyclic epoxy group in both, and more preferably an alicyclic ring in both of them Oxygen. In the formulae (A1-1) to (A1-2), Y 02 is a single bond or a divalent linking group, and examples of the divalent linking group include the same groups as those of Y 1 and Y 2 . Among these, a single bond or a linear or branched chain having a substituent or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing a ring in the structure is preferred. In the formulae (A1-1) to (A1-2), n 1 and n 4 are each independently an integer of 0 to 3, and preferably 0 or 1. In the formulae (A1-1) to (A1-2), n 2 is an integer of 0 to 10, preferably an integer of 0 to 5, and more preferably 0. In the formulae (A1-1) to (A1-2), n 3 is 0 or 1, and preferably 0.

(A1)成分的具體例子列舉如下。下式中,n21為1~10的整數。 (A1) Specific examples of the components are listed below. In the following formula, n 21 is an integer from 1 to 10.

作為脂環式環氧化合物的市售品,可舉出Celloxide2021、2021P、2081、2083、2085(Daicel化學工業公司製)等作為較佳的例子。 Examples of commercially available products of the alicyclic epoxy compound include Celloxide 2021, 2021P, 2081, 2083, and 2085 (manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and the like are preferable examples.

(4)多官能脂環式環氧樹脂(A2) (4) Multifunctional alicyclic epoxy resin (A2)

對於具有環氧基的聚合性樹脂成分而言,可使用多官能脂環式環氧樹脂(A2)(以下,有時稱為「(A2)成分」)。多官能脂環式環氧樹脂(A2)係不屬於前述(A1)成分的化合物。(A2)成分可為低分子化合物,也可為高分子化合物,較佳為高分子化合物。(A2)成分為二官能以上的多官能環氧化合物,較佳為三官能以上的環氧化合物。作為(A2)成分,從耐化學藥品性、耐光性優異的方面考慮,較佳以下式(A2-1)表示的化合物。 As the polymerizable resin component having an epoxy group, a polyfunctional alicyclic epoxy resin (A2) (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "(A2) component") can be used. A polyfunctional alicyclic epoxy resin (A2) is a compound which does not belong to the said (A1) component. The component (A2) may be a low-molecular compound or a polymer compound, and a polymer compound is preferred. (A2) The component is a polyfunctional epoxy compound with more than a bifunctionality, Preferably it is a trifunctional or more functional epoxy compound. As the component (A2), a compound represented by the following formula (A2-1) is preferable in terms of excellent chemical resistance and light resistance.

(式中,R11為從具有q個活性氫基的有機化合物中除去活性氫基而得到的殘基。n11、n12、...、nq各自獨立地表示0~100的整數,其總和為1~100。q表示1~100的整數。A具有含有取代基R12的氧代環己烷骨架、或含有取代基R12的氧代降冰片烯骨架,且由下式(a1)或(a2)表示)。 (In the formula, R 11 is a residue obtained by removing an active hydrogen group from an organic compound having q active hydrogen groups. N 11 , n 12 , ..., and n q each independently represent an integer from 0 to 100, sum represents an integer of 1 ~ 100.q .A 1 ~ 100 having a substituent R 12 oxycyclohexane skeleton or a substituent R 12 is oxo norbornene skeleton, and represented by the following formula (a1 ) Or (a2)).

(式中,R12各自獨立地為以下式(a11)~(a13)表示的基,以式(A2-1)表示的化合物含有1個以上以(a11)表示的基。以式(a1)、(a2)表示的基在波浪線的鍵結鍵與以式(A2-1)表示的化合物中的R11鍵結,在*標記的鍵結鍵與以式(A2-1)表示的化合物中的氫原子(H)鍵結)。 (In the formula, R 12 is each independently a group represented by the following formulae (a11) to (a13), and the compound represented by the formula (A2-1) contains one or more groups represented by (a11). Formula (a1) The bond represented by (a2) in the wavy line is bonded to R 11 in the compound represented by formula (A2-1), and the bond marked with * is in the compound represented by formula (A2-1) Hydrogen atom (H) in the bond).

(R13表示烷基、烷基羰基、或芳基羰基。以式(a11)~(a13)表示的基在波浪線的鍵結鍵處與以式(a1)、(a2)表示的基團鍵結)。 (R 13 represents an alkyl group, an alkyl carbonyl group, or an aryl carbonyl group. The group represented by the formulae (a11) to (a13) is bonded to the wavy line with the group represented by the formulae (a1) and (a2). Bond).

前述式(A2-1)中,R11為從具有活性氫基的有機化合物中除去活性氫基而得到的殘基,作為成為其前驅物的「具有活性氫基團的有機化合物」,可舉出醇類、酚類、羧酸類、胺類、硫醇類等。 In the aforementioned formula (A2-1), R 11 is a residue obtained by removing an active hydrogen group from an organic compound having an active hydrogen group. The "organic compound having an active hydrogen group" as a precursor thereof may be exemplified. Produce alcohols, phenols, carboxylic acids, amines, thiols and so on.

前述醇類可為一元醇,也可為多元醇。具體而言,可舉出甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、丁醇、戊醇、己醇、辛醇等之脂肪族醇;苯甲醇等之芳香族醇;乙二醇、二乙二醇、三乙二醇、聚乙二醇、丙二醇、二丙二醇、1,3-丁二醇、1,4-丁二醇、戊二醇、1,6-己二醇、新戊二醇、羥基特戊酸新戊二醇酯、環己烷二甲醇、甘油、二甘油、聚甘油、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷、季戊四醇、二季戊四醇等之多元醇等。作為前述酚類,可舉出苯酚、甲酚、兒茶酚、連苯三酚、氫醌、氫醌單甲基醚、雙酚A、雙酚F、4,4’-二羥基二苯甲酮、雙酚S、酚醛樹脂、甲酚Novolacs樹脂等。作為前述羧酸類,可舉出甲酸、乙酸、丙酸、丁酸、動植物油的脂肪酸、富馬酸、馬來酸、己二酸、十二烷二酸、偏苯三酸、均苯四甲酸、聚丙烯酸、鄰 苯二甲酸、間苯二甲酸、對苯二甲酸等。另外,也可舉出乳酸、檸檬酸、羥基己酸等同時具有羥基與羧基的化合物。作為前述胺類,可舉出單甲胺、二甲胺、單乙胺、二乙胺、丙胺、單丁胺、二丁胺、戊胺、己胺、環己胺、辛胺、十二烷基胺、4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、異佛爾酮二胺、甲苯二胺、己二胺、苯二甲胺、二亞乙基三胺、三亞乙基四胺、乙醇胺等。作為前述硫醇類,可舉出甲硫醇、乙硫醇、丙硫醇、苯硫醇等之硫醇類;乙二醇二巰基丙酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三巰基丙酸酯、季戊四醇四巰基丙酸酯等、巰基丙酸或巰基丙酸的多元醇酯;等。 The alcohol may be a monohydric alcohol or a polyhydric alcohol. Specific examples include aliphatic alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, pentanol, hexanol, and octanol; aromatic alcohols such as benzyl alcohol; ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, and triethyl alcohol. Glycol, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, neopentyl glycol, hydroxypivalic acid Polyols such as neopentyl glycol ester, cyclohexanedimethanol, glycerol, diglycerin, polyglycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, and the like. Examples of the phenols include phenol, cresol, catechol, pyrogallol, hydroquinone, hydroquinone monomethyl ether, bisphenol A, bisphenol F, and 4,4'-dihydroxydibenzoyl Ketone, bisphenol S, phenolic resin, cresol Novolacs resin, etc. Examples of the carboxylic acids include formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, fatty acids of animal and vegetable oils, fumaric acid, maleic acid, adipic acid, dodecanedioic acid, trimellitic acid, and pyromellitic acid. Polyacrylic Phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, etc. In addition, compounds having both a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group, such as lactic acid, citric acid, and hydroxyhexanoic acid, can also be mentioned. Examples of the amines include monomethylamine, dimethylamine, monoethylamine, diethylamine, propylamine, monobutylamine, dibutylamine, pentylamine, hexylamine, cyclohexylamine, octylamine, and dodecane Methylamine, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, isophoronediamine, toluenediamine, hexamethylenediamine, xylylenediamine, diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine, ethanolamine Wait. Examples of the thiols include thiols such as methyl mercaptan, ethyl mercaptan, propyl mercaptan, and benzene mercaptan; ethylene glycol dimercaptopropionate, trimethylolpropane trimercaptopropionate, Pentaerythritol tetramercaptopropionate and the like, mercaptopropionic acid or a polyol ester of mercaptopropionic acid; etc.

此外,作為具有活性氫基的有機化合物,還可舉出聚乙烯醇、聚乙酸乙烯酯部分水解物、澱粉、纖維素、纖維素乙酸酯、醋酸丁酸纖維素、羥乙基纖維素、丙烯酸多元醇樹脂、苯乙烯烯丙基醇共聚物樹脂、苯乙烯-馬來酸共聚物樹脂、醇酸樹脂、聚酯多元醇樹脂、聚酯羧酸樹脂、聚己內酯多元醇樹脂、聚丙烯多元醇、聚1,4-丁二醇等。 In addition, as the organic compound having an active hydrogen group, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl acetate partial hydrolysate, starch, cellulose, cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate butyrate, hydroxyethyl cellulose, Acrylic polyol resin, styrene allyl alcohol copolymer resin, styrene-maleic acid copolymer resin, alkyd resin, polyester polyol resin, polyester carboxylic acid resin, polycaprolactone polyol resin, poly Propylene polyol, poly 1,4-butanediol, etc.

對於具有活性氫基的有機化合物而言,其骨架中可以具有不飽和雙鍵。作為具體例,可舉出烯丙基醇、丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、3-環己烯甲醇、四氫鄰苯二甲酸等。上述的具有活性氫基的有機化合物可以單獨使用,也可以2種以上組合使用。 The organic compound having an active hydrogen group may have an unsaturated double bond in its skeleton. Specific examples include allyl alcohol, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, 3-cyclohexene methanol, and tetrahydrophthalic acid. The above-mentioned organic compounds having an active hydrogen group may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.

前述式(A2-1)中,n11、n12、...、nq各自獨立地表示0~100的整數,其總和為1~100。另外,q表示 1~100的整數。其中,n11、n12、...、nq各自獨立地較佳為2~10的整數,更佳為3~6的整數。另外,n11、n12、...、nq之和較佳為4~30,更佳為4~20。經由使前述和為4以上,可提高固化後的交聯密度,而提高硬度。另外,經由使上述和為30以下,可提高在溶劑中的溶解性,可提高操作性。 In the aforementioned formula (A2-1), n 11 , n 12 ,. . . And n q each independently represent an integer from 0 to 100, and the total is 1 to 100. In addition, q represents an integer from 1 to 100. Among them, n 11 , n 12,. . . And n q are each independently preferably an integer of 2 to 10, more preferably an integer of 3 to 6. In addition, n 11 , n 12,. . . The sum of N and Q is preferably 4 to 30, and more preferably 4 to 20. When the sum is 4 or more, the crosslinking density after curing can be increased, and the hardness can be increased. In addition, by setting the sum to 30 or less, solubility in a solvent can be improved, and operability can be improved.

前述式(A2-1)中,A具有含有取代基R12之氧代環己烷骨架或含有取代基R12的氧代降冰片烯骨架,且以前述式(a1)或(a2)表示。A較佳以前述式(a1)表示。又,q個A各自可以相同或不同。 In the formula (A2-1), A represents a substituent having a group of R 12 oxycyclohexane skeleton or a substituent R 12 is oxo norbornene skeleton, and in the formula (a1) or (a2). A is preferably represented by the aforementioned formula (a1). The q As may be the same or different.

以前述式(A2-1)表示的環氧化合物中,必須包含1個以上的以前述式(a11)表示的基,越多則越理想。另一方面,以前述式(a13)表示的基越少則越理想。 The epoxy compound represented by the aforementioned formula (A2-1) must contain one or more groups represented by the aforementioned formula (a11), and the more it is, the more preferable it is. On the other hand, the smaller the number of groups represented by the aforementioned formula (a13), the more preferable it is.

以前述式(A2-1)表示的環氧化合物可如下製造:如日本特公平7-119270號公報中記載的那樣,以具有活性氫基的有機化合物作為引發劑,使4-乙烯基環己烯-1-氧化物或5-乙烯基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯-2-氧化物、與具有1個環氧基的化合物的混合物開環聚合,將得到的聚醚樹脂,即,具有乙烯基側鏈以及環己烷骨架、或乙烯基側鏈以及降冰片烯骨架的聚醚樹脂用過氧乙酸或過氧化氫等進行環氧化。作為市售品,可舉出Daicel化學工業公司製的EHPE3150(n11~nq之和平均為15)作為較佳的例子。 The epoxy compound represented by the aforementioned formula (A2-1) can be produced by using 4-vinylcyclohexane as an initiator using an organic compound having an active hydrogen group as described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 7-119270. Ring-opening polymerization of a mixture of ene-1-oxide or 5-vinylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene-2-oxide and a compound having one epoxy group, That is, a polyether resin having a vinyl side chain and a cyclohexane skeleton, or a vinyl side chain and a norbornene skeleton is epoxidized with peroxyacetic acid, hydrogen peroxide, or the like. As a commercially available product, EHPE3150 (the average of n 11 to n q is 15) manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. can be cited as a preferable example.

另外,在經由併用脂環式環氧樹脂(A1)、與多官能脂環式環氧樹脂(A2)來調製分離層形成用組成物 時,(A1)成分與(A2)成分的摻合比為(A1)/(A2)=70/30~51/49(質量比),更佳為70/30~60/40(質量比)。經由為前述摻合比,可使得到的分離層形成用組成物的熔融黏度在後述的較佳範圍內。由此,能夠以使膜厚變得均勻的方式塗佈分離層形成用組成物。另外,可形成具備高耐化學藥品性的分離層。作為併用脂環式環氧樹脂(A1)、與多官能脂環式環氧樹脂(A2)的環氧樹脂市售品,例如,可舉出Daicel化學工業公司製的EHPE3150CE作為較佳的例子。 In addition, a composition for forming a separation layer is prepared by using an alicyclic epoxy resin (A1) and a polyfunctional alicyclic epoxy resin (A2) in combination. At the time, the blending ratio of the (A1) component and the (A2) component is (A1) / (A2) = 70/30 ~ 51/49 (mass ratio), and more preferably 70/30 ~ 60/40 (mass ratio) . By setting the blending ratio as described above, the melt viscosity of the obtained composition for forming a separation layer can be in a preferable range described later. Thereby, the composition for forming a separation layer can be applied so that a film thickness may become uniform. In addition, a separation layer having high chemical resistance can be formed. As a commercially available epoxy resin in which an alicyclic epoxy resin (A1) and a polyfunctional alicyclic epoxy resin (A2) are used in combination, for example, EHPE3150CE manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. is mentioned as a preferable example.

(5)具有環氧基之丙烯酸樹脂(Aac) (5) Acrylic resin (Aac) with epoxy group

對於具有環氧基的聚合性樹脂成分而言,例如,可使用至少使不飽和羧酸、及具有環氧基與烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的化合物共聚而得到的具有環氧基的丙烯酸樹脂(Aac)。 As the polymerizable resin component having an epoxy group, for example, an acrylic resin having an epoxy group obtained by copolymerizing at least an unsaturated carboxylic acid and a compound having an epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond can be used. (Aac).

作為不飽和羧酸,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸、丁烯酸等一元羧酸;馬來酸、富馬酸、檸康酸、中康酸、衣康酸等之二羧酸;此等二羧酸的酸酐;等等。其中,從共聚反應性、所得樹脂的鹼溶性、獲得的容易性等方面考慮,較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸以及馬來酸酐。此等不飽和羧酸可以單獨使用或2種以上組合使用。 Examples of unsaturated carboxylic acids include monocarboxylic acids such as (meth) acrylic acid and butenoic acid; dicarboxylic acids such as maleic acid, fumaric acid, citraconic acid, mesaconic acid, and itaconic acid; and the like Anhydrides of dicarboxylic acids; etc. Among these, (meth) acrylic acid and maleic anhydride are preferred from the viewpoints of copolymerization reactivity, alkali solubility of the obtained resin, and ease of obtaining. These unsaturated carboxylic acids may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

又,本說明書中,「(甲基)丙烯酸」的含義為丙烯酸與甲基丙烯酸這二者。 In this specification, "(meth) acrylic acid" means both acrylic acid and methacrylic acid.

另外,本說明書中,將「具有烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的化合物」稱為「不飽和化合物」。 In addition, in this specification, "a compound which has an ethylenically unsaturated double bond" is called "unsaturated compound."

具有環氧基的丙烯酸樹脂中,來自不飽和羧 酸的構成單元(具有羧基的構成單元)之比例較佳為5~29質量%,更佳為10~25質量%。 In acrylic resins with epoxy groups, derived from unsaturated carboxylic acid The proportion of the structural unit (structural unit having a carboxyl group) of the acid is preferably 5 to 29% by mass, and more preferably 10 to 25% by mass.

作為不飽和羧酸,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸、丁烯酸等一元羧酸;馬來酸、富馬酸、檸康酸、中康酸、衣康酸等二羧酸;此等二羧酸的酸酐;等。其中,從共聚反應性、所得樹脂的鹼溶性、獲得的容易性等方面考慮,較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸以及馬來酸酐。此等不飽和羧酸可以單獨使用或2種以上組合使用。 Examples of unsaturated carboxylic acids include monocarboxylic acids such as (meth) acrylic acid and butenoic acid; dicarboxylic acids such as maleic acid, fumaric acid, citraconic acid, mesaconic acid, and itaconic acid; Anhydrides of carboxylic acids; etc. Among these, (meth) acrylic acid and maleic anhydride are preferred from the viewpoints of copolymerization reactivity, alkali solubility of the obtained resin, and ease of obtaining. These unsaturated carboxylic acids may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

具有環氧基與烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的化合物可以為不具有脂環式環氧基的化合物,也可為具有脂環式環氧基者,更佳具有脂環式環氧基的化合物。 The compound having an epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond may be a compound having no alicyclic epoxy group, or a compound having an alicyclic epoxy group, and more preferably a compound having an alicyclic epoxy group. .

作為具有並非脂環式環氧基的環氧基與烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的化合物,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-甲基縮水甘油酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3,4-環氧基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸6,7-環氧基庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3,4-環氧基環己酯等之(甲基)丙烯酸環氧基烷基酯類;α-乙基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、α-正丙基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、α-正丁基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、α-乙基丙烯酸6,7-環氧基庚酯等α-烷基丙烯酸環氧烷基酯類;鄰乙烯基苄基縮水甘油醚、間乙烯基苄基縮水甘油醚、對乙烯基苄基縮水甘油醚等之縮水甘油醚類;等等。此等之中,從共聚反應性、固化後的樹脂的強度等方面考慮,較佳為縮水甘油基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-甲基縮水甘油酯、(甲基)丙烯酸6,7-環氧基庚酯、鄰乙烯基苄基縮水甘油醚、間乙烯基 苄基縮水甘油醚、以及對乙烯基苄基縮水甘油醚。 Examples of the compound having an epoxy group other than an alicyclic epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond include glycidyl (meth) acrylate, 2-methyl glycidyl (meth) acrylate, ( (Methyl) 3,4-epoxybutyl methacrylate, 6,7-epoxyheptyl (meth) acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, etc. Epoxy alkyl acrylates; α-ethyl glycidyl acrylate, α-n-propyl glycidyl acrylate, α-n-butyl glycidyl acrylate, α-ethyl acrylate 6,7-epoxy Α-alkyl acrylate alkylene oxides such as heptyl esters; glycidyl ethers of o-vinyl benzyl glycidyl ether, m-vinyl benzyl glycidyl ether, p-vinyl benzyl glycidyl ether; etc. . Among these, from the viewpoints of copolymerization reactivity and strength of the cured resin, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, 2-methyl glycidyl (meth) acrylate, and (meth) are preferred. 6,7-epoxyheptyl acrylate, o-vinyl benzyl glycidyl ether, m-vinyl Benzyl glycidyl ether, and p-vinyl benzyl glycidyl ether.

具有屬於脂環式環氧基的環氧基與烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的化合物的脂環式基可以是單環,也可以是多環。作為單環的脂環式基,可舉出環戊基、環己基等。另外,作為多環的脂環式基,可舉出降冰片基、異冰片基、三環壬基、三環癸基、四環十二烷基等。 The alicyclic group of the compound having an epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond belonging to an alicyclic epoxy group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the monocyclic alicyclic group include a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group. Examples of the polycyclic alicyclic group include norbornyl, isobornyl, tricyclononyl, tricyclodecyl, and tetracyclododecyl.

具體而言,作為具有屬於脂環式環氧基的環氧基與烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的化合物,例如可舉出以下式(a4-1)~(a4-16)表示的化合物。其中,為了使分離層形成用組成物具有適度的固化性,較佳以下式(a4-1)~(a4-6)表示的化合物,更佳以下式(a4-1)~(a4-4)表示的化合物。 Specifically, as a compound which has an epoxy group which is an alicyclic epoxy group, and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond, the compound represented by following formula (a4-1)-(a4-16) is mentioned, for example. Among them, in order to make the composition for forming a separation layer have a moderate curability, compounds represented by the following formulae (a4-1) to (a4-6) are preferable, and the following formulae (a4-1) to (a4-4) are more preferable. Represented compounds.

前述式中,Ra3表示氫原子或甲基,Ra4表示碳原子數1~6的2價的脂肪族飽和烴基,Ra5表示碳原子數1~10的2價烴基,n表示0~10的整數。作為Ra4,較佳為直鏈狀或支鏈狀的亞烷基,例如亞甲基、亞乙基、亞丙基、四亞甲基、乙基亞乙基、五亞甲基、六亞甲基。作為Ra5,較佳為例如亞甲基、亞乙基、亞丙基、四亞甲基、乙基亞乙基、五亞甲基、六亞甲基、亞苯基、亞環己基、-CH2-Ph-CH2-(Ph表示亞苯基)。 In the above formula, R a3 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R a4 represents a divalent aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, R a5 represents a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and n represents 0 to 10 Integer. R a4 is preferably a linear or branched alkylene group, such as methylene, ethylene, propylene, tetramethylene, ethylethylene, pentamethylene, and hexamethylene. methyl. As R a5 , for example, methylene, ethylene, propylene, tetramethylene, ethylethylene, pentamethylene, hexamethylene, phenylene, cyclohexylene,- CH 2 -Ph-CH 2- (Ph stands for phenylene).

此等具有環氧基與烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的化合物可單獨使用或2種以上組合使用。 These compounds having an epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

具有環氧基的丙烯酸樹脂中,來自具有環氧基的不飽和化合物的構成單元(具有環氧基的構成單元)所 佔的比例較佳為5~90質量%,更佳為15~85質量%,特別佳為50~85質量%。經由為前述範圍,可將具有環氧基的丙烯酸樹脂合適地固化。 In the epoxy resin having an epoxy group, a structural unit derived from an unsaturated compound having an epoxy group (a structural unit having an epoxy group) is used. The proportion is preferably 5 to 90% by mass, more preferably 15 to 85% by mass, and particularly preferably 50 to 85% by mass. By being in the aforementioned range, the acrylic resin having an epoxy group can be appropriately cured.

具有環氧基的丙烯酸樹脂較佳為將具有脂環式基與烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的化合物進一步共聚而得到的樹脂。 The acrylic resin having an epoxy group is preferably a resin obtained by further copolymerizing a compound having an alicyclic group and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond.

具有脂環式基與烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的化合物的脂環式基可為單環也可為多環。作為單環的脂環式基,可舉出環戊基、環己基等。另外,作為多環的脂環式基,可舉出金剛烷基、降冰片基、異冰片基、三環壬基、三環癸基、四環十二烷基等。 The alicyclic group of the compound having an alicyclic group and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the monocyclic alicyclic group include a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group. Examples of the polycyclic alicyclic group include adamantyl, norbornyl, isobornyl, tricyclononyl, tricyclodecyl, and tetracyclododecyl.

具體而言,作為具有脂環式基與烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的化合物,例如可舉出以下述式(a5-1)~(a5-8)表示的化合物。其中,為了使分離層形成用組成物具有適度的固化性,較佳以下述式(a5-3)~(a5-8)表示的化合物,更佳以下述式(a5-3)、(a5-4)表示的化合物]。 Specifically, as a compound which has an alicyclic group and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond, the compound represented by following formula (a5-1)-(a5-8) is mentioned, for example. Among them, in order to make the composition for forming a separation layer have a moderate curability, compounds represented by the following formulae (a5-3) to (a5-8) are preferable, and the following formulae (a5-3) and (a5- 4) A compound represented by [].

前述式中,Ra6表示氫原子或甲基,Ra7表示單鍵或碳數1~6的2價的脂肪族飽和烴基,Ra8表示氫原子或碳數1~5的烷基。作為Ra7,較佳為單鍵、直鏈狀或 支鏈狀的亞烷基,例如亞甲基、亞乙基、亞丙基、四亞甲基、乙基亞乙基、五亞甲基、六亞甲基。作為Ra8,較佳例如甲基、乙基。 In the above formula, R a6 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R a7 represents a single bond or a divalent aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and R a8 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. R a7 is preferably a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group, such as methylene, ethylene, propylene, tetramethylene, ethylethylene, and pentamethylene , Hexamethylene. R a8 is preferably, for example, a methyl group or an ethyl group.

具有環氧基的丙烯酸樹脂中,來自具有脂環式基與烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的化合物的構成單元所占的比例較佳為1~40質量%,更佳為5~30質量%。 The proportion of the constituent units derived from the compound having an alicyclic group and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond in the acrylic resin having an epoxy group is preferably 1 to 40% by mass, and more preferably 5 to 30% by mass.

另外,具有環氧基的丙烯酸樹脂可以是將前述以外的其他的化合物進一步共聚而得到。作為這般的其他的化合物,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸酯類、(甲基)丙烯醯胺類、烯丙基化合物、乙烯基醚類、乙烯基酯類、苯乙烯類等。此等化合物可以單獨使用或2種以上組合使用。 The acrylic resin having an epoxy group may be obtained by further copolymerizing a compound other than the foregoing. Examples of such other compounds include (meth) acrylates, (meth) acrylamides, allyl compounds, vinyl ethers, vinyl esters, and styrenes. These compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為(甲基)丙烯酸酯類,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸叔辛基酯等之直鏈狀或支鏈狀的(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸氯乙基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2,2-二甲基羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、三羥甲基丙烷單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸糠基酯;等。 Examples of (meth) acrylates include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, amyl (meth) acrylate, and tertiary (meth) acrylate Linear or branched alkyl (meth) acrylates such as octyl esters; chloroethyl (meth) acrylate, 2,2-dimethylhydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, (formyl) 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, trimethylolpropane mono (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, furfuryl (meth) acrylate, and the like.

作為(甲基)丙烯醯胺類,可舉出(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-烷基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-芳基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-二烷基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-芳基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-甲基-N-苯基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-羥基乙基-N-甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺等。 Examples of (meth) acrylamide include (meth) acrylamide, N-alkyl (meth) acrylamide, N-aryl (meth) acrylamide, N, N-diamine Alkyl (meth) acrylamide, N, N-aryl (meth) acrylamide, N-methyl-N-phenyl (meth) acrylamide, N-hydroxyethyl-N-formyl (Meth) acrylamide and the like.

作為烯丙基化合物,可舉出乙酸烯丙基酯、 己酸烯丙基酯、辛酸烯丙基酯、月桂酸烯丙基酯、棕櫚酸烯丙基酯、硬脂酸烯丙基酯、苯甲酸烯丙基酯、乙醯乙酸烯丙基酯、乳酸烯丙基酯等之烯丙基酯類;烯丙氧基乙醇;等。 Examples of the allyl compound include allyl acetate, Allyl hexanoate, allyl octanoate, allyl laurate, allyl palmitate, allyl stearate, allyl benzoate, allyl acetoacetate, Allyl esters such as allyl lactate; allyloxyethanol; etc.

作為乙烯基醚類,可舉出己基乙烯基醚、辛基乙烯基醚、癸基乙烯基醚、乙基己基乙烯基醚、甲氧基乙基乙烯基醚、乙氧基乙基乙烯基醚、氯乙基乙烯基醚、1-甲基-2,2-二甲基丙基乙烯基醚、2-乙基丁基乙烯基醚、羥基乙基乙烯基醚、二乙二醇乙烯基醚、二甲基氨基乙基乙烯基醚、二乙基氨基乙基乙烯基醚、丁基氨基乙基乙烯基醚、苄基乙烯基醚、四氫糠基乙烯基醚等烷基乙烯基醚;乙烯基苯基醚、乙烯基甲苯基醚、乙烯基氯苯基醚、乙烯基-2,4-二氯苯基醚、乙烯基萘基醚、乙烯基蒽基醚等乙烯基芳基醚;等。 Examples of vinyl ethers include hexyl vinyl ether, octyl vinyl ether, decyl vinyl ether, ethylhexyl vinyl ether, methoxyethyl vinyl ether, and ethoxyethyl vinyl ether , Chloroethyl vinyl ether, 1-methyl-2,2-dimethylpropyl vinyl ether, 2-ethylbutyl vinyl ether, hydroxyethyl vinyl ether, diethylene glycol vinyl ether , Alkyl vinyl ethers such as dimethylaminoethyl vinyl ether, diethylaminoethyl vinyl ether, butylaminoethyl vinyl ether, benzyl vinyl ether, tetrahydrofurfuryl vinyl ether; Vinyl aryl ethers such as vinyl phenyl ether, vinyl tolyl ether, vinyl chlorophenyl ether, vinyl-2,4-dichlorophenyl ether, vinyl naphthyl ether, and vinyl anthryl ether; Wait.

作為乙烯基酯類,可舉出丁酸乙烯基酯、異丁酸乙烯基酯、三甲基乙酸乙烯基酯、二乙基乙酸乙烯基酯、戊酸乙烯基酯、己酸乙烯基酯、氯乙酸乙烯基酯、二氯乙酸乙烯基酯、甲氧基乙酸乙烯基酯、丁氧基乙酸乙烯基酯、乙烯基苯基乙酸酯、乙烯基乙醯乙酸酯、乳酸乙烯基酯、乙烯基-β-苯基丁酸酯、苯甲酸乙烯基酯、水楊酸乙烯基酯、氯苯甲酸乙烯基酯、四氯苯甲酸乙烯基酯、萘甲酸乙烯基酯等。 Examples of the vinyl esters include vinyl butyrate, vinyl isobutyrate, vinyl trimethyl acetate, vinyl diethyl acetate, vinyl valerate, vinyl hexanoate, Vinyl chloroacetate, vinyl dichloroacetate, vinyl methoxyacetate, vinyl butoxyacetate, vinylphenylacetate, vinylacetacetate, vinyl lactate, Vinyl-β-phenylbutyrate, vinyl benzoate, vinyl salicylate, vinyl chlorobenzoate, vinyl tetrachlorobenzoate, vinyl naphthalate and the like.

作為苯乙烯類,可舉出苯乙烯;甲基苯乙烯、二甲基苯乙烯、三甲基苯乙烯、乙基苯乙烯、二乙基 苯乙烯、異丙基苯乙烯、丁基苯乙烯、己基苯乙烯、環己基苯乙烯、癸基苯乙烯、苄基苯乙烯、氯甲基苯乙烯、三氟甲基苯乙烯、乙氧基甲基苯乙烯、乙醯氧基甲基苯乙烯等烷基苯乙烯;甲氧基苯乙烯、4-甲氧基-3-甲基苯乙烯、二甲氧基苯乙烯等烷氧基苯乙烯;氯苯乙烯、二氯苯乙烯、三氯苯乙烯、四氯苯乙烯、五氯苯乙烯、溴苯乙烯、二溴苯乙烯、碘苯乙烯、氟苯乙烯、三氟苯乙烯、2-溴-4-三氟甲基苯乙烯、4-氟-3-三氟甲基苯乙烯等鹵苯乙烯(halostyrene);等。 Examples of the styrenes include styrene; methylstyrene, dimethylstyrene, trimethylstyrene, ethylstyrene, and diethyl Styrene, isopropylstyrene, butylstyrene, hexylstyrene, cyclohexylstyrene, decylstyrene, benzylstyrene, chloromethylstyrene, trifluoromethylstyrene, ethoxymethyl Alkylstyrenes such as methylstyrene, ethoxymethylstyrene; alkoxystyrenes such as methoxystyrene, 4-methoxy-3-methylstyrene, and dimethoxystyrene; Chlorostyrene, dichlorostyrene, trichlorostyrene, tetrachlorostyrene, pentachlorostyrene, bromostyrene, dibromostyrene, iodostyrene, fluorostyrene, trifluorostyrene, 2-bromo- Halostyrene such as 4-trifluoromethylstyrene, 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylstyrene; etc.

具有環氧基的丙烯酸樹脂的質均分子量較佳為2000~50000,更佳為3000~30000。 The mass average molecular weight of the acrylic resin having an epoxy group is preferably 2,000 to 50,000, and more preferably 3,000 to 30,000.

[2. 具有烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的聚合性樹脂成分] [2. Polymerizable resin component having ethylenically unsaturated double bonds]

具有烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的聚合性樹脂成分只要在1分子中具有足以經由加熱或曝光而固化的烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵,則可以為低分子化合物,也可為均聚物、共聚物樹脂等聚合物。此等之中,更佳的具有烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的聚合性樹脂成分的具體例子如下所示。 The polymerizable resin component having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond may be a low-molecular compound, a homopolymer, or a copolymer as long as it has an ethylenically unsaturated double bond sufficient to be cured by heating or exposure in one molecule. Polymer and other polymers. Among these, specific examples of the more polymerizable resin component having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond are shown below.

(1)具有烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的低分子化合物 (1) Low molecular compounds with ethylenically unsaturated double bonds

對於具有烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的低分子化合物而言,典型而言,可舉出多官能單體、與具有烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的單官能單體,所述多官能單體為使(甲基)丙烯酸、與多元醇或多元羧酸縮合而得到的縮合物,或者,為使具有羥基 或胺基、巰基等官能的不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類、與多元醇或多元羧酸介隔異氰酸酯基或環氧基進行加成聚合而得到的加成聚合物等。 For a low-molecular compound having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond, typically, a polyfunctional monomer and a monofunctional monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond may be mentioned. The polyfunctional monomer is A condensate obtained by condensing (meth) acrylic acid with a polyhydric alcohol or polycarboxylic acid, or having a hydroxyl group Or an unsaturated polymer such as an amine group and a mercapto group, or an amine, an addition polymer obtained by addition polymerization with a polyhydric alcohol or a polycarboxylic acid via an isocyanate group or an epoxy group.

作為多官能單體,可舉出乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甘油二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,2-雙(4-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚乙氧基苯基)丙烷、2-羥基-3-(甲基)丙烯醯基氧基丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙二醇二縮水甘油醚二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二縮水甘油醚二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、鄰苯二甲酸二縮水甘油酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甘油三丙烯酸酯、甘油多縮水甘油醚多(甲基)丙烯酸酯、氨基甲酸酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯(urethane(meth)acrylate)(即,甲苯二異氰酸酯、三甲基六亞甲基二異氰酸酯或六亞甲基二異氰酸酯與(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯的反應物)、亞甲基二(甲基)丙烯醯胺、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基亞甲基醚、多元醇與N-羥甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺的縮合物 等多官能單體、1,3,5-三丙烯醯基六氫-1,3,5-三嗪(triacrylformal)等。此等多官能單體可以單獨使用或2種以上組合使用。 Examples of the polyfunctional monomer include ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, diethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, tetraethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, and propylene glycol di (methyl). Acrylate, polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, butanediol di (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate , Trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, glycerol di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, pentaerythritol di (methyl) ) Acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, 2,2-bis (4- (Meth) acryloxyoxyethoxyphenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (4- (meth) acryloxypolyethoxyphenyl) propane, 2-hydroxy-3- (methyl ) Acrylfluorenyloxypropyl (meth) acrylate, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether di (meth) acrylate, diethylene glycol diglycidyl ether (Meth) acrylate, diglycidyl phthalate di (meth) acrylate, glycerol triacrylate, glycerol polyglycidyl ether poly (meth) acrylate, urethane (meth) acrylate Urethane (meth) acrylate (ie, toluene diisocyanate, trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate or hexamethylene diisocyanate and 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate reactant), methylene Di (meth) acrylamide, (meth) acrylamide methylene ether, polycondensate of polyhydric alcohol and N-methylol (meth) acrylamide And other polyfunctional monomers, 1,3,5-tripropenylhexahydro-1,3,5-triazine (triacrylformal) and the like. These polyfunctional monomers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

另外,作為單官能單體,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯醯胺、羥甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、甲氧基甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、乙氧基甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、丙氧基甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、丁氧基甲氧基甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-羥甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-羥基甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、(甲基)丙烯酸、富馬酸、馬來酸、馬來酸酐、衣康酸、衣康酸酐、檸康酸、檸康酸酐、巴豆酸、2-丙烯醯胺基-2-甲基丙磺酸、叔丁基丙烯醯胺磺酸、(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、2-苯氧基-2-羥基丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基-2-羥基丙基鄰苯二甲酸酯、甘油單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸四氫糠基酯、二甲基氨基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、2,2,2-三氟乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,2,3,3-四氟丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、鄰苯二甲酸衍生物的(甲基)丙烯酸半酯等。此等單官能單體可以單獨使用或2種以上組合使用。 Examples of the monofunctional monomer include (meth) acrylamide, hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, methoxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, and ethoxymethyl (methyl (Meth) acrylamide, propoxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, butoxymethoxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-methylol (meth) acrylamide, N- Hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, (meth) acrylic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, maleic anhydride, itaconic acid, itaconic anhydride, citraconic acid, citraconic anhydride, crotonic acid, 2- Acrylamido-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid, tert-butylacrylamidosulfonic acid, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 2-phenoxy-2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (meth) acryloxy-2-hydroxypropyl phthalate, glycerol mono (meth) acrylate, Tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth) acrylate, dimethylamino (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid Glycidyl ester, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl (meth) acrylate, 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropyl (meth) acrylate, (methyl of phthalic acid derivatives) ) Acrylic half esters and the like. These monofunctional monomers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

(2)具有烯鍵式不飽和基的共聚物樹脂 (2) Copolymer resin with ethylenic unsaturated group

對於具有烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的聚合性樹脂成分而言, 可使用具有烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的共聚物樹脂。作為這樣的具有烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的共聚物樹脂,例如,可舉出在由(甲基)丙烯酸以及(甲基)丙烯酸酯構成的丙烯酸樹脂骨架的側鏈上導入了烯鍵式雙鍵的(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂等。 For a polymerizable resin component having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond, A copolymer resin having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond can be used. Examples of such a copolymer resin having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond include an ethylenic double bond introduced into a side chain of an acrylic resin skeleton composed of (meth) acrylic acid and (meth) acrylic acid ester. (Meth) acrylic resin and the like.

作為具有烯鍵式不飽和基的聚合性樹脂成分,例如,可舉出使至少將含有不飽和羧酸與環氧基的不飽和化合物共聚而得到的樹脂的羧基、與含有環氧基的不飽和化合物的環氧基進行反應而得到的樹脂;或者,使至少將含有不飽和羧酸和環氧基的不飽和化合物共聚而得到的樹脂的環氧基、與不飽和羧酸的羧基進行反應而得到的樹脂等。即,作為使不飽和羧酸、與含有環氧基的不飽和化合物共聚而得到的樹脂,可舉出上述的具有環氧基的丙烯酸樹脂(Aac)的形式之一。 Examples of the polymerizable resin component having an ethylenically unsaturated group include a carboxyl group of a resin obtained by copolymerizing at least an unsaturated compound containing an unsaturated carboxylic acid and an epoxy group, and an unsaturated group containing an epoxy group. A resin obtained by reacting an epoxy group of a saturated compound; or an epoxy group of a resin obtained by copolymerizing at least an unsaturated compound containing an unsaturated carboxylic acid and an epoxy group with a carboxyl group of an unsaturated carboxylic acid And the obtained resin. That is, as a resin obtained by copolymerizing an unsaturated carboxylic acid and an unsaturated compound containing an epoxy group, one of the above-mentioned forms of the acrylic resin (Aac) having an epoxy group is mentioned.

又,作為在丙烯酸樹脂骨架中導入烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的方法,如上所述,不限於介隔丙烯酸樹脂骨架所具有的羧酸、以及環氧基來導入烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的形態。例如,也可經由下述方法導入烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵:使在側鏈上具有羧酸基、羥基、胺基、醯胺基、以及硫醇基等的丙烯酸樹脂、與具備烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵、與羧酸基、羥基、胺基、醯胺基、以及硫醇基等的單體、例如多官能異氰酸酯或多官能環氧樹脂進行反應。 In addition, as a method of introducing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond into an acrylic resin skeleton, as described above, the method is not limited to the method of introducing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond through a carboxylic acid and an epoxy group of the acrylic resin skeleton form. For example, an ethylenically unsaturated double bond may be introduced by an acrylic resin having a carboxylic acid group, a hydroxyl group, an amine group, an amidine group, a thiol group, and the like, and an ethylenic group having a side chain. The unsaturated double bond reacts with monomers such as a carboxylic acid group, a hydroxyl group, an amine group, an amidine group, and a thiol group, such as a polyfunctional isocyanate or a polyfunctional epoxy resin.

更具體而言,導入了烯鍵式雙鍵的(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂也可為具備烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵與環氧基的(甲基)丙烯酸酯的均聚物或共聚物。 More specifically, the (meth) acrylic resin to which an ethylenic double bond is introduce | transduced may be a homopolymer or copolymer of (meth) acrylic acid ester which has an ethylenically unsaturated double bond and an epoxy group.

另外,具有烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的聚合性樹脂成分中,來自含有環氧基的不飽和化合物的構成單元(具有環氧基的結構單元)所占的比例較佳為5~90質量%,更佳為15~75質量%。經由為前述範圍,能夠將分離層合適地固化。 In addition, in the polymerizable resin component having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond, the proportion of the structural unit (a structural unit having an epoxy group) derived from an unsaturated compound containing an epoxy group is preferably 5 to 90% by mass. , More preferably 15 to 75% by mass. By being in the aforementioned range, the separation layer can be appropriately cured.

具有烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的聚合性樹脂成分的質量平均分子量較佳為2000~50000,更佳為5000~30000。經由為前述的範圍,分離層形成用組成物可得到理想的塗佈操作性。 The mass average molecular weight of the polymerizable resin component having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond is preferably 2,000 to 50,000, and more preferably 5,000 to 30,000. By being in the aforementioned range, the composition for forming a separation layer can obtain desired coating workability.

[3. 含有交聯性基的矽氧烷] [3. Siloxane containing a crosslinkable group]

另外,聚合性樹脂成分可為含有交聯性基的矽氧烷(Asi)。 The polymerizable resin component may be a cross-linkable group-containing siloxane (Asi).

本說明書中,所謂含有交聯性基的矽氧烷(Asi),如下式(Asi0)所示,表示在矽氧烷骨架的側鏈上具有環氧基、以及乙烯基等之交聯性基的化合物。 In the present specification, the so-called crosslinkable group-containing siloxane (Asi) is represented by the following formula (Asi0), and represents a crosslinkable group having an epoxy group and a vinyl group on a side chain of the siloxane skeleton. compound of.

-(SiO3/2(R1))m-(SiO3/2(R2))n-‥(Asi0) -(SiO 3/2 (R 1 )) m- (SiO 3/2 (R 2 )) n- (Asi0)

(於此,R1為交聯性基,R2選自烷基、芳基或芳香族基。m、n表示前述聚矽氧烷中附有上述下標的構造單位相對於全部構造單位的莫耳百分率,n+m=100%,n>0)。 (Here, R 1 is a crosslinkable group, and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an aromatic group. M and n represent the structural units of the polysiloxane containing the above-mentioned subscript relative to all the structural units. Ear percentage, n + m = 100%, n> 0).

對於環氧基矽氧烷而言,可藉由光陽離子聚合引發劑或熱陽離子聚合引發劑,使前述環氧基彼此交聯聚合,而形成聚合體。 For epoxy siloxane, the photo-cationic polymerization initiator or thermal cationic polymerization initiator can be used to cross-link and polymerize the epoxy groups to form a polymer.

從製造分離層的激光反應性、耐熱性等物性優異的層合體的觀點考慮,前述含有交聯性基的矽氧烷較佳為以下的一般式(Asi1)表示的含有交聯性基的矽氧烷。 From the viewpoint of producing a laminate having excellent laser properties, heat resistance, and other physical properties of the separation layer, the crosslinkable group-containing siloxane is preferably a crosslinkable group-containing silicon represented by the following general formula (Asi1). Oxane.

(式中,Rc1為含有環氧基、氧雜環丁烷基、乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基的基,Rc2為烷基或芳基,下標m以及n表示前述聚矽氧烷中的附有所述下標的構造單位相對於全部構造單位的莫耳百分率,m為50~90莫耳%,n為10~50莫耳%。其中,m以及n的總和為100莫耳%)。 (In the formula, R c1 is a group containing an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, a vinyl group, and a (meth) acrylfluorenyl group, R c2 is an alkyl group or an aryl group, and the subscripts m and n represent the aforementioned polysilicon. The percentage of moles of the structural units with the subscript in the oxane relative to all the structural units, m is 50 to 90 mole%, n is 10 to 50 mole%, where the sum of m and n is 100 moles. ear%).

作為前述含有交聯性基的矽氧烷的具體例,可舉出下式表示的聚合物E、聚合物F、以及Shin-Etsu Silicone Co.Inc.製的商品名X-22-2046以及KF-102等: Specific examples of the crosslinkable group-containing silicone include polymer E, polymer F represented by the following formula, and trade names X-22-2046 and KF manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone Co. Inc. -102 etc:

聚合物E:以下式(Asi2)表示的環氧改性矽氧烷(質量平均分子量:1000~20000) Polymer E: epoxy-modified siloxane represented by the following formula (Asi2) (mass average molecular weight: 1000 to 20,000)

(式(Asi2)中,下標m1以及n1表示聚合物E中的附有這些下標的構造單位相對於全部構造單位的莫耳百分率,m1=50~90莫耳%,n1=10~50莫耳%。其中,m1以及n1的總和為100莫耳%)。 (In formula (Asi2), the subscripts m1 and n1 represent the mole percentages of the structural units with these subscripts relative to all the structural units in the polymer E, m1 = 50 ~ 90 mole%, n1 = 10 ~ 50 mole Ear%. Among them, the sum of m1 and n1 is 100 mole%).

聚合物F:以下式(Asi3)表示的環氧改性矽氧烷(質量平分子量:1000~20000) Polymer F: epoxy-modified siloxane represented by the following formula (Asi3) (mass-average molecular weight: 1000 to 20,000)

(式(Asi3)中,下標m2、n2、以及n3表示聚合物F中的附有這些下標的構造單位相對於全部結構單位的莫耳百分率,m2=50~90莫耳%,n2=1~10莫耳%,n3=5~50莫耳%。其中,m2、n2、以及n3的總和為100莫耳%)。 (In formula (Asi3), the subscripts m2, n2, and n3 represent the mole percentages of the structural units with these subscripts relative to all the structural units in polymer F, m2 = 50 ~ 90 mole%, n2 = 1 ~ 10 mole%, n3 = 5 ~ 50 mole%, where the sum of m2, n2, and n3 is 100 mole%).

[聚合引發劑] [Polymerization Initiator]

對於聚合引發劑而言,只要是能夠將具有環氧基或烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵等聚合性基的聚合性樹脂成分固化的化合 物即可。作為可將具有該聚合性基的聚合性樹脂成分固化的聚合引發劑,例如,可舉出熱陽離子聚合引發劑、以及光陽離子聚合引發劑等。另外,例如,可舉出熱自由基聚合引發劑、以及光自由基聚合引發劑。以下,對熱陽離子聚合引發劑、光陽離子聚合引發劑、熱自由基聚合引發劑、以及光自由基聚合引發劑進行詳細說明。 The polymerization initiator is any compound that can cure a polymerizable resin component having a polymerizable group such as an epoxy group or an ethylenically unsaturated double bond. Just fine. Examples of the polymerization initiator capable of curing the polymerizable resin component having the polymerizable group include a thermal cationic polymerization initiator, a photocationic polymerization initiator, and the like. In addition, for example, a thermal radical polymerization initiator and a photo radical polymerization initiator are mentioned. Hereinafter, a thermal cationic polymerization initiator, a photocationic polymerization initiator, a thermal radical polymerization initiator, and a photoradical polymerization initiator will be described in detail.

(1)熱陽離子聚合引發劑 (1) Thermal cationic polymerization initiator

實施方式之一關於之分離層形成用組成物中,作為聚合引發劑,含有熱陽離子聚合引發劑。另外,這樣的熱陽離子聚合引發劑中,有時將利用熱來產生酸的聚合引發劑稱為熱酸產生劑。對於分離層形成用組成物而言,在熱固化處理時,由於利用熱產生的陽離子的作用,能夠促進聚合性基的聚合。以下,對可用作熱陽離子聚合引發劑的化合物進行詳細說明。 The composition for forming a separation layer according to the first embodiment contains a thermal cationic polymerization initiator as a polymerization initiator. In addition, among such thermal cationic polymerization initiators, a polymerization initiator that generates heat using heat is sometimes referred to as a thermal acid generator. In the composition for forming a separation layer, during the heat curing treatment, the polymerization of the polymerizable group can be promoted by the action of cations generated by heat. Hereinafter, the compound which can be used as a thermal cationic polymerization initiator is demonstrated in detail.

(陽離子) (cation)

對於熱陽離子聚合引發劑而言,可舉出具備以下的一般式(h01)或(h02)所示的陽離子部的化合物。 Examples of the thermal cationic polymerization initiator include compounds having a cation moiety represented by the following general formula (h01) or (h02).

(前述(h01)中,Rh01~Rh04各自獨立地為選擇自由氫、碳原子數1~20的烷基以及芳基所成之群中的有機基,前述芳基可具有取代基,Rh01~Rh04中的至少一者為芳基)。 (In the above (h01), Rh 0 1 to Rh 04 are each independently an organic group selected from the group consisting of free hydrogen, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and an aryl group, and the aryl group may have a substituent. At least one of Rh 01 to Rh 04 is an aryl group).

(前述(h02)中,Rh05~Rh07各自獨立地為選擇自由碳原子數1~20的烷基以及芳基所成之群中的有機基,前述芳基可具有取代基,Rh05~Rh07中的至少一者為芳基)。 (In the above (h02), Rh 05 to Rh 07 are each independently an organic group selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and an aryl group. The aryl group may have a substituent, and Rh 05 to (At least one of Rh 07 is aryl).

於此,Rh01~Rh07為芳基的情況下,所述芳基優選為以下的一般式(h01-1)所示的苯基。 When Rh 01 to Rh 07 are aryl groups, the aryl group is preferably a phenyl group represented by the following general formula (h01-1).

(上述hr-1中,Rhc01可為氫、羥基、碳數1~10的烷基,該碳數1~10的烷基可介隔醚鍵、或酯鍵與(hr-1)中的苯基鍵結。又,Rh01~Rh07中的hr-1也可以是各自獨立地不同的取代基)。 (In the above-mentioned hr-1, R hc01 may be hydrogen, a hydroxyl group, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbons. The alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbons may be separated by an ether bond or an ester bond with (hr-1) The phenyl group is bonded. In addition, hr-1 in Rh 01 to Rh 07 may be a substituent different from each other).

作為一般式(h01)所示的陽離子部的優選形式,可舉出以下的陽離子部。 As a preferable form of the cation part represented by general formula (h01), the following cation part is mentioned.

另外,作為一般式(h02)所示的陽離子部的較佳形式,可舉出以下的陽離子部。具有這樣的陽離子部的芳香族鎓鹽由於在室溫下的穩定性優異、可利用熱產生酸,因此可較佳用作熱酸產生劑。 Moreover, as a preferable form of the cation part shown by General formula (h02), the following cation part is mentioned. An aromatic onium salt having such a cationic moiety is excellent in stability at room temperature and can generate an acid by heat, and therefore can be preferably used as a thermal acid generator.

另外,作為一般式(h02)所示的陽離子部的較佳形式,可舉出以下的陽離子部。 Moreover, as a preferable form of the cation part shown by General formula (h02), the following cation part is mentioned.

(陰離子部) (Anion part)

作為熱陽離子聚合引發劑中的陰離子部,例如,可舉出六氟磷酸陰離子、三氟甲磺酸陰離子、全氟丁磺酸陰離子、四(五氟苯基)硼酸陰離子等。 Examples of the anion portion in the thermal cationic polymerization initiator include a hexafluorophosphate anion, a trifluoromethanesulfonic acid anion, a perfluorobutanesulfonic acid anion, a tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate anion, and the like.

作為可以市售品型式獲得之熱陽離子聚合引發劑,例如,可舉出San-Aid SI-45、SI-47、SI-60、SI-60L、SI-80、SI-80L、SI-100、SI-100L、SI-110、SI-110L、SI-145、I-150、SI-160、SI-180L、SI-B3、SI-B2A、SI-B3A、SI-B4、SI-300(三新化學工業(股)製)等。除此之外,可舉出CI-2921、CI-2920、CI-2946、CI-3128、CI-2624、CI-2639、CI-2064(日本曹達(股)製)、CP-66、CP-77((股)ADEKA製)、FC-520(3M公司製)K-PURE TAG-2396、TAG-2713S、TAG-2713、TAG-2172、TAG-2179、TAG-2168E、TAG-2722、TAG-2507、TAG-2678、 TAG-2681、TAG-2679、TAG-2689、TAG-2690、TAG-2700、TAG-2710、TAG-2100、CDX-3027、CXC-1615、CXC-1616、CXC-1750、CXC-1738、CXC-1614、CXC-1742、CXC-1743、CXC-1613、CXC-1739、CXC-1751、CXC-1766、CXC-1763、CXC-1736、CXC-1756、CXC-1821、CXC-1802-60(KING INDUSTRY公司製)等。前述之中,較佳為三氟甲磺酸鹽或六氟磷酸鹽,更佳為三氟甲磺酸鹽。 Examples of commercially available thermal cationic polymerization initiators include San-Aid SI-45, SI-47, SI-60, SI-60L, SI-80, SI-80L, SI-100, SI-100L, SI-110, SI-110L, SI-145, I-150, SI-160, SI-180L, SI-B3, SI-B2A, SI-B3A, SI-B4, SI-300 (Sanxin Chemical industry (stock) system) and so on. In addition, CI-2921, CI-2920, CI-2946, CI-3128, CI-2624, CI-2639, CI-2064 (made by Japan Soda Co., Ltd.), CP-66, CP- 77 ((share) ADEKA), FC-520 (3M company) K-PURE TAG-2396, TAG-2713S, TAG-2713, TAG-2172, TAG-2179, TAG-2168E, TAG-2722, TAG- 2507, TAG-2678, TAG-2681, TAG-2679, TAG-2689, TAG-2690, TAG-2700, TAG-2710, TAG-2100, CDX-3027, CXC-1615, CXC-1616, CXC-1750, CXC-1738, CXC- 1614, CXC-1742, CXC-1743, CXC-1613, CXC-1739, CXC-1751, CXC-1766, CXC-1763, CXC-1736, CXC-1756, CXC-1821, CXC-1802-60 (KING INDUSTRY Company system) and so on. Among the foregoing, triflate or hexafluorophosphate is preferred, and triflate is more preferred.

對於熱陽離子聚合引發劑的用於使酸產生的溫度,較佳為用於預烘烤塗佈有分離層形成用組成物的支撐體的溫度以上,具體而言,較佳為110℃以上,更佳為130℃以上。 The temperature for generating the acid by the thermal cationic polymerization initiator is preferably at least the temperature used for pre-baking the support on which the composition for forming a separation layer is coated, and specifically, 110 ° C or more. It is more preferably 130 ° C or higher.

相對於分離層形成用組成物的固形分,熱陽離子聚合引發劑的摻合量較佳為0.01重量%以上、20重量%以下,更佳為1重量%以上、10重量%以下,最佳為5重量%以上、10重量%以下。若熱酸產生劑的摻合量為0.1重量%以上,則不僅可使聚合性樹脂成分合適地聚合,而且,經由燒成該聚合性樹脂成分的固化物,例如,可形成可合適吸收波長600nm以下的範圍的光的燒成體。 The blending amount of the thermal cationic polymerization initiator is preferably 0.01% by weight or more and 20% by weight or less, more preferably 1% by weight or more and 10% by weight or less with respect to the solid content of the composition for forming a separation layer. 5% by weight to 10% by weight. When the blending amount of the thermal acid generator is 0.1% by weight or more, not only the polymerizable resin component can be appropriately polymerized, but also the cured product of the polymerizable resin component can be fired to form a suitable absorption wavelength of 600 nm Light sintered body in the following range.

(2)光陽離子聚合引發劑 (2) Photocationic polymerization initiator

本發明中光陽離子聚合引發劑可使用選自由以下述一般式(b0-1)表示的化合物、以及以下述一般式(b0-2)表示 的化合物所成之群中的1種以上的陽離子聚合引發劑(B0)(以下,稱為「(B0)成分」)。 In the present invention, a photocationic polymerization initiator can be selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the following general formula (b0-1) and a formula represented by the following general formula (b0-2) One or more cationic polymerization initiators (B0) (hereinafter, referred to as "(B0) component") in the group of compounds.

(式中,Rb01~Rb04各自獨立地為氟原子或可具有取代基的芳基。Rb05為氟原子或可具有取代基的氟烷基,多個Rb05可以相同,也可以各自不同。q為1以上的整數,Qq+各自獨立地為q價的有機陽離子)。 (In the formula, R b01 to R b04 are each independently a fluorine atom or an aryl group which may have a substituent. R b05 is a fluorine atom or a fluoroalkyl group which may have a substituent. A plurality of R b05 may be the same or different from each other. Q is an integer of 1 or more, and Q q + is each independently a q-valent organic cation).

[(B0)成分] [(B0) ingredients]

(B0)成分為選自由以前述一般式(b0-1)表示的化合物、以及前述一般式(b0-2)表示的化合物所組成之群中的1種以上的陽離子聚合引發劑。此等2種化合物可經由曝光產生較強的酸。因此,具有(B0)成分的分離層形成用組成物可經由曝光而將具有環氧基的聚合性樹脂成分合適地固化。 The component (B0) is one or more cationic polymerization initiators selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the general formula (b0-1) and a compound represented by the general formula (b0-2). These two compounds can produce stronger acids through exposure. Therefore, the composition for forming a separation layer having a component (B0) can appropriately cure the polymerizable resin component having an epoxy group through exposure.

式(b0-1)中,Rb01~Rb04各自獨立地為氟原子或可具有取代基的芳基。作為Rb01~Rb04的可具有取代基的芳基,其碳數較佳為5~30,更佳為5~20,進一步較佳為6~15,特別佳為6~12。具體而言,可舉出萘基、苯基、 蒽基等,苯基由於容易獲得而較佳。芳基可具有取代基。作為取代基沒有特別限定,較佳為鹵原子、羥基、烴基(較佳直鏈狀或支鏈狀的烷基,碳數較佳為1~5),更佳鹵原子或碳數1~5的鹵化烷基,特別較佳為氟原子或碳數為1~5的氟烷基。經由使芳基具有氟原子,可提高陰離子部的極性,故而較佳。其中,作為式(b0-1)中的Rb01~Rb04,較佳為被氟取代的苯基,特別佳為全氟苯基。 In formula (b0-1), R b01 to R b04 are each independently a fluorine atom or an aryl group which may have a substituent. The aryl group which may have a substituent in R b01 to R b04 has a carbon number of preferably 5 to 30, more preferably 5 to 20, still more preferably 6 to 15, and particularly preferably 6 to 12. Specific examples include naphthyl, phenyl, and anthryl. Phenyl is preferred because it is easily available. An aryl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, but is preferably a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a hydrocarbon group (preferably a linear or branched alkyl group, and the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 5), and more preferably a halogen atom or carbon number of 1 to 5 The halogenated alkyl group is particularly preferably a fluorine atom or a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. The aryl group having a fluorine atom is preferred because the polarity of the anion portion can be increased. Among them, as R b01 to R b04 in the formula (b0-1), a fluorine-substituted phenyl group is preferred, and a perfluorophenyl group is particularly preferred.

作為以式(b0-1)表示的化合物的陰離子部的較佳具體例子,可舉出四(五氟苯基)硼酸根([B(C6F5)4]-);四[(三氟甲基)苯基]硼酸根([B(C6H4CF3)4]-);二氟雙(五氟苯基)硼酸根([(C6F5)2BF2]-);三氟(五氟苯基)硼酸根([(C6F5)BF3]-);四(二氟苯基)硼酸根([B(C6H3F2)4]-)等。其中,特別教佳四(五氟苯基)硼酸根([B(C6F5)4]-)。 Preferred specific examples of the anion part of the compound represented by the formula (b0-1) include tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate ([B (C 6 F 5 ) 4 ] - ); tetra [(tri Fluoromethyl) phenyl] borate ([B (C 6 H 4 CF 3 ) 4 ] - ); Difluorobis (pentafluorophenyl) borate ([(C 6 F 5 ) 2 BF 2 ] - ) ; Trifluoro (pentafluorophenyl) borate ([(C 6 F 5 ) BF 3 ] - ); Tetrakis (difluorophenyl) borate ([B (C 6 H 3 F 2 ) 4 ] - ) etc. . Among them, tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate ([B (C 6 F 5 ) 4 ] - ) is particularly preferred.

式(b0-2)中,Rb05為氟原子或可具有取代基的氟烷基,多個Rb05可以相同,也可以各自不同。 In Formula (b0-2), R b05 is a fluorine atom or a fluoroalkyl group may have a substituent group, a plurality of R b05 may be the same or different each.

作為Rb05的可具有取代基的氟烷基的碳數較佳為1~10,更佳為1~8,進一步較佳為1~5。具體而言,可舉出在以前述Ra22、Ra23的說明中的上述碳數1~5的烷基中氫原子的一部分或全部被氟原子取代而得到的基。其中,作為Rb05,較佳為氟原子或碳數1~5的氟烷基,更佳為氟原子或碳數1~5的全氟烷基,進一步較佳為氟原子、三氟甲基或五氟乙基。 The carbon number of the fluoroalkyl group which may have a substituent as R b05 is preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 8, and even more preferably from 1 to 5. Specifically, a group obtained by substituting a part or all of hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms in the above-mentioned alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms in the description of R a22 and R a23 may be mentioned. Among them, R b05 is preferably a fluorine atom or a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethyl group. Or pentafluoroethyl.

以式(b0-2)表示的化合物的陰離子部較佳以下述一般式(b0-2a)表示的結構。 The anion part of the compound represented by the formula (b0-2) is preferably a structure represented by the following general formula (b0-2a).

(式中,Rbf05為可具有取代基的氟烷基,nb1為1~5的整數)。 (In the formula, R bf05 is a fluoroalkyl group which may have a substituent, and nb 1 is an integer of 1 to 5).

式(b0-2a)中,作為Rbf05即具取代基的氟烷基,與前述Rb05中列舉的可具有取代基的氟烷基同樣。式(b0-2a)中,nb1較佳為1~4,更佳為2~4,最佳為3。 In the formula (b0-2a), R bf05 , that is, a fluoroalkyl group having a substituent, is the same as the fluoroalkyl group which may have a substituent listed in the aforementioned R b05 . In formula (b0-2a), nb 1 is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 2 to 4, and most preferably 3.

式(b0-1)~(b0-2)中,q為1以上的整數,Qq+為q價的有機陽離子,可較佳舉出鋶陽離子、碘鎓陽離子,特別佳分別以下述一般式(ca-1)~(ca-5)表示的有機陽離子。 In the formulae (b0-1) to (b0-2), q is an integer of 1 or more, and Q q + is a q-valent organic cation. Preferred examples include sulfonium cations and iodonium cations. Particularly preferred are the following general formulas ( ca-1) ~ (ca-5) organic cations.

(式中,R201~R207、以及R211~R212各自獨立地 表示可具有取代基的芳基、雜芳基、烷基或鏈烯基,R201~R203、R206~R207、R211~R212可以彼此鍵結與式中的硫原子一同形成環。R208~R209各自獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~5的烷基,R210為可具有取代基的芳基、可具有取代基的烷基、可具有取代基的鏈烯基、或可具有取代基的含有-SO2-的環式基,L201表示-C(=O)-或C(=O)-O-,Y201各自獨立地表示亞芳基、亞烷基或亞烯基,x為1或2,W201表示(x+1)價的連接基)。 (Wherein R 201 to R 207 and R 211 to R 212 each independently represent an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkyl group or an alkenyl group which may have a substituent, and R 201 to R 203 , R 206 to R 207 R 211 to R 212 may be bonded to each other to form a ring together with a sulfur atom in the formula. R 208 to R 209 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and R 210 is an aromatic group which may have a substituent. Group, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group which may have a substituent, or a cyclic group containing -SO 2 -which may have a substituent, and L 201 represents -C (= O)-or C (= O ) -O-, Y 201 each independently represents an arylene group, an alkylene group, or an alkenylene group, x is 1 or 2, and W 201 represents a (x + 1) -valent linking group).

作為R201~R207、以及R211~R212中的芳基,可舉出碳數6~20的未取代的芳基,較佳為苯基、萘基。作為R201~R207、以及R211~R212中的雜芳基,可舉出構成上述芳基的一部分碳原子被雜原子取代的基。作為雜原子,可舉出氧原子、硫原子、氮原子等。作為該雜芳基,可舉出從9H-噻噸中除去1個氫原子而得到的基;作為取代雜芳基,可舉出從9H-噻噸-9-酮中除去1個氫原子而得到的基等。作為R201~R207、以及R211~R212中的烷基,為鏈狀或環狀的烷基,較佳碳數1~30的烷基。作為R201~R207、以及R211~R212中的鏈烯基,碳數較佳為2~10。作為R201~R207、以及R210~R212可具有的取代基,例如,可舉出烷基、鹵原子、鹵化烷基、羰基、氰基、胺基、橋氧基(=O)、芳基、分別以下述式(ca-r-1)~(ca-r-10)表示的基。 Examples of the aryl group in R 201 to R 207 and R 211 to R 212 include an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and a phenyl group and a naphthyl group are preferred. Examples of the heteroaryl group in R 201 to R 207 and R 211 to R 212 include a group in which a part of carbon atoms constituting the aryl group is substituted with a hetero atom. Examples of the hetero atom include an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and a nitrogen atom. Examples of the heteroaryl group include a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from 9H-thioxanthene; and examples of the substituted heteroaryl group include one hydrogen atom removed from 9H-thioxan-9-one Get the base and so on. The alkyl group in R 201 to R 207 and R 211 to R 212 is a linear or cyclic alkyl group, and an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms is preferred. The alkenyl group in R 201 to R 207 and R 211 to R 212 preferably has 2 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent that R 201 to R 207 and R 210 to R 212 may have include an alkyl group, a halogen atom, a halogenated alkyl group, a carbonyl group, a cyano group, an amine group, a bridging oxy group (= O), An aryl group is a group represented by the following formulae (ca-r-1) to (ca-r-10).

(式中,R’201各自獨立地為氫原子、可具有取代基的環式基、可具有取代基的鏈狀的烷基、或可具有取代基的鏈狀的鏈烯基)。 (In the formula, R'201 is each independently a hydrogen atom, a cyclic group which may have a substituent, a chain-shaped alkyl group which may have a substituent, or a chain-shaped alkenyl group which may have a substituent.)

R’201為可具有取代基的環式基、可具有取代基的鏈狀的烷基、或可具有取代基的鏈狀的鏈烯基。 R'201 is a cyclic group which may have a substituent, a chain-like alkyl group which may have a substituent, or a chain-like alkenyl group which may have a substituent.

可具有取代基的環式基: Cyclic radicals which may have substituents:

該環式基較佳為環狀的烴基,該環狀的烴基可以是芳香族烴基,也可以是脂肪族烴基。脂肪族烴基係指不具有芳香性的烴基。另外,脂肪族烴基可以是飽和的,也可以是不飽和的,通常較佳為飽和的。 The cyclic group is preferably a cyclic hydrocarbon group, and the cyclic hydrocarbon group may be an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group means a hydrocarbon group having no aromaticity. In addition, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be saturated or unsaturated, and usually it is preferably saturated.

R’201中的芳香族烴基為具有芳香環的烴基。該芳香族烴基的碳原子數較佳為3~30,更佳為5~30,進一步較佳為5~20,特別佳為6~15,最佳為6~10。但是,該碳數不包含取代基中的碳原子數目。作為R’201中的芳香族烴基具有的芳香環,具體而言,可舉出苯、芴、萘、蒽、菲、聯苯、或構成此等芳香環的一部分碳原子被雜原子取代而得到的芳香族雜環、或者構成此等芳香環或芳香 族雜環的氫原子的一部分被橋氧基等取代而得到的環。作為芳香族雜環中的雜原子,可舉出氧原子、硫原子、氮原子等。作為R’201中的芳香族烴基,具體而言,可舉出從前述芳香環中除去1個氫原子而得到的基(芳基:例如,苯基、萘基、蒽基等)、前述芳香環的1個氫原子被亞烷基取代的基(例如,苄基、苯基乙基、1-萘基甲基、2-萘基甲基、1-萘基乙基、2-萘基乙基等芳基烷基等)、從構成前述芳香環的一部分氫原子被橋氧基等取代的環(例如蒽醌等)中除去1個氫原子而得到的基、從芳香族雜環(例如9H-噻噸、9H-噻噸-9-酮等)中除去1個氫原子而得到的基等。前述亞烷基(芳基烷基中的烷基鏈)的碳數較佳為1~4,更佳為1~2,特別佳為1。 R 'is an aromatic hydrocarbon group having a hydrocarbon group 201 an aromatic ring. The number of carbon atoms in the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 5 to 30, still more preferably 5 to 20, particularly preferably 6 to 15, and most preferably 6 to 10. However, this carbon number does not include the number of carbon atoms in a substituent. As the R 'in the aromatic ring of the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 201, specifically, include benzene, fluorene, naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, biphenyl, or a part of carbon atoms constituting the aromatic ring is substituted with such hetero atoms are An aromatic heterocyclic ring or a ring obtained by substituting a part of hydrogen atoms constituting such an aromatic ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring with a bridging oxygen group or the like. Examples of the hetero atom in the aromatic heterocyclic ring include an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and a nitrogen atom. As R '201 is an aromatic hydrocarbon group, specifically include a group removed a hydrogen atom from the obtained aromatic ring (aryl: e.g., phenyl, naphthyl, anthryl, etc.), the aromatic A group in which one hydrogen atom of a ring is substituted with an alkylene group (for example, benzyl, phenylethyl, 1-naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylmethyl, 1-naphthylethyl, 2-naphthylethyl An arylalkyl group such as an alkyl group), a group obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a ring (such as anthraquinone, etc.) in which a part of the hydrogen atoms constituting the aromatic ring is substituted with a bridging oxy group, etc. 9H-thioxanthene, 9H-thioxan-9-one, etc.) and a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom. The number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group (an alkyl chain in an arylalkyl group) is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 2, and particularly preferably 1.

對於R’201中的環狀的脂肪族烴基而言,可舉出結構中包含環的脂肪族烴基。作為該結構中包含環的脂肪族烴基,可舉出脂環式烴基(從脂肪族烴環中除去1個氫原子而得到的基)、脂環式烴基鍵結於直鏈狀或支鏈狀的脂肪族烴基的末端而得到的基、脂環式烴基存在於直鏈狀或支鏈狀的脂肪族烴基的鏈中的基等。前述脂環式烴基的碳數較佳為3~20,更佳為3~12。前述脂環式烴基可以是多環式基,也可以是單環式基。作為單環式的脂環式烴基,較佳從單環烷烴中除去1個以上的氫原子而得到的基。作為該單環烷烴,較佳為碳數3~6的烷烴,具體而言可舉出環戊烷、環己烷等。作為多環式的脂環式烴基,較佳從多環烷烴中除去1個以上的氫原子而得到的基,作為 該多環烷烴,較佳為碳數7~30的烷烴。其中,作為該多環烷烴,更佳為金剛烷、降冰片烷、異冰片烷、三環癸烷、四環十二烷等之具有交聯環系的多環式骨架的多環烷烴;具有甾體骨架的環式基等具有縮合環系的多環式骨架的多環烷烴。 Examples of the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group in R'201 include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing a ring in the structure. Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing a ring in this structure include an alicyclic hydrocarbon group (a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring), and an alicyclic hydrocarbon group is bonded to a linear or branched chain. A group obtained by the end of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a group in which an alicyclic hydrocarbon group is present in the chain of a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and the like. The carbon number of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group is preferably 3 to 20, and more preferably 3 to 12. The alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be a polycyclic group or a monocyclic group. The monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group is preferably a group obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms from a monocyclic alkane. The monocycloalkane is preferably an alkane having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include cyclopentane and cyclohexane. The polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group is preferably a group obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms from a polycyclic alkane, and the polycyclic alkane is preferably an alkane having 7 to 30 carbon atoms. Among them, the polycycloalkane is more preferably a polycyclic alkane having a crosslinked ring system, such as adamantane, norbornane, isobornane, tricyclodecane, tetracyclododecane, and the like; Polycyclic alkanes having a polycyclic skeleton such as a cyclic group of a steroid skeleton having a condensed ring system.

其中,作為R’201中的環狀的脂肪族烴基,較佳從單環烷烴或多環烷烴中除去1個以上的氫原子而得到的基,更加從多環烷烴中除去1個氫原子而得到的基,特別佳為金剛烷基、降冰片基,最佳為金剛烷基。 Wherein, as R '201 is a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group, preferably removing at least one hydrogen atom from a monocyclic alkane or cycloalkane group obtained, removing one more hydrogen atom from a polycyclic alkane The obtained groups are particularly preferably adamantyl and norbornyl, and most preferably adamantyl.

可與脂環式烴基鍵結的、直鏈狀或支鏈狀的脂肪族烴基的碳數較佳為1~10,更佳為1~6,進一步較佳為1~4,最佳為1~3。作為直鏈狀的脂肪族烴基,較佳直鏈狀的亞烷基,具體而言,可舉亞甲基[-CH2-]、亞乙基[-(CH2)2-]、三亞甲基[-(CH2)3-]、四亞甲基[-(CH2)4-]、五亞甲基[-(CH2)5-]等。作為支鏈狀的脂肪族烴基,較佳支鏈狀的亞烷基,具體而言,可舉出-CH(CH3)-、-CH(CH2CH3)-、-C(CH3)2-、-C(CH3)(CH2CH3)-、-C(CH3)(CH2CH2CH3)-、-C(CH2CH3)2-等之烷基亞甲基;-CH(CH3)CH2-、-CH(CH3)CH(CH3)-、-C(CH3)2CH2-、-CH(CH2CH3)CH2-、-C(CH2CH3)2-CH2-等之烷基亞乙基;-CH(CH3)CH2CH2-、-CH2CH(CH3)CH2-等之烷基三亞甲基;-CH(CH3)CH2CH2CH2-、-CH2CH(CH3)CH2CH2-等之烷基四亞甲基等烷基亞烷基等。作為烷基亞烷基中的烷基,較佳為碳數1~5的直鏈狀的烷基。 The carbon number of the linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group which can be bonded to the alicyclic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 6, even more preferably 1 to 4, and most preferably 1 ~ 3. As the linear aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a linear alkylene group is preferred, and specifically, methylene [-CH 2- ], ethylene [-(CH 2 ) 2- ], and trimethylene [-(CH 2 ) 3- ], tetramethylene [-(CH 2 ) 4- ], pentamethylene [-(CH 2 ) 5- ], and the like. The branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably a branched alkylene group. Specific examples include -CH (CH 3 )-, -CH (CH 2 CH 3 )-, and -C (CH 3 ). 2- , -C (CH 3 ) (CH 2 CH 3 )-, -C (CH 3 ) (CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 )-, -C (CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 -etc. alkyl methylene ; -CH (CH 3 ) CH 2- , -CH (CH 3 ) CH (CH 3 )-, -C (CH 3 ) 2 CH 2- , -CH (CH 2 CH 3 ) CH 2- , -C ( CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 -CH 2 -and other alkylethylene groups; -CH (CH 3 ) CH 2 CH 2 -and -CH 2 CH (CH 3 ) CH 2 -and other alkyltrimethylene groups;- CH (CH 3 ) CH 2 CH 2 CH 2- , -CH 2 CH (CH 3 ) CH 2 CH 2- , and the like alkylene groups such as alkyl tetramethylene and the like. The alkyl group in the alkylalkylene group is preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.

可具有取代基的鏈狀的烷基: A chained alkyl group which may have a substituent:

作為R’201的鏈狀的烷基,可以是直鏈狀或支鏈狀的烷基中的任一者。作為直鏈狀的烷基,碳數較佳為1~20,更佳為1~15,最佳為1~10。具體而言,例如,可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、十一烷基、十二烷基、十三烷基、異十三烷基、十四烷基、十五烷基、十六烷基、異十六烷基、十七烷基、十八烷基、十九烷基、二十烷基、二十一烷基、二十二烷基等。 As a 'chain alkyl group R 201 may be straight or branched chain alkyl group of any one. As the linear alkyl group, the carbon number is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, and most preferably 1 to 10. Specific examples include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, and tridecyl Alkyl, isotridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, isohexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, undecyl, eicosyl, Twenty-one alkyl, behenyl and the like.

作為支鏈狀的烷基,碳數較佳為3~20,更佳為3~15,最佳為3~10。具體而言,例如,可舉出1-甲基乙基、1-甲基丙基、2-甲基丙基、1-甲基丁基、2-甲基丁基、3-甲基丁基、1-乙基丁基、2-乙基丁基、1-甲基戊基、2-甲基戊基、3-甲基戊基、4-甲基戊基等。 As the branched alkyl group, the number of carbons is preferably 3 to 20, more preferably 3 to 15, and most preferably 3 to 10. Specific examples include 1-methylethyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1-methylbutyl, 2-methylbutyl, and 3-methylbutyl. , 1-ethylbutyl, 2-ethylbutyl, 1-methylpentyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, 4-methylpentyl, and the like.

可具有取代基的鏈狀的鏈烯基: Alkenyl chain which may have a substituent:

作為R’201的鏈狀的鏈烯基,可以是直鏈狀或支鏈狀中的任一者,碳數較佳為2~10,更佳為2~5,進一步較佳為2~4,特別佳為3。作為直鏈狀的鏈烯基,例如,可舉出乙烯基、丙烯基(烯丙基)、丁烯基等。作為支鏈狀的鏈烯基,例如,可舉出1-甲基乙烯基、2-甲基乙烯基、1-甲基丙烯基、2-甲基丙烯基等。作為鏈狀的鏈烯基,前述之中,較佳為直鏈狀的鏈烯基,更佳為乙烯基、丙烯基,特別佳為乙烯基。 As the R 'chain alkenyl group 201, may be linear or branched in any one of the carbon atoms preferably from 2 to 10, more preferably from 2 to 5, more preferably from 2 to 4 , Particularly preferably 3. Examples of the linear alkenyl group include a vinyl group, an allyl group (allyl), and a butenyl group. Examples of the branched alkenyl group include 1-methylvinyl group, 2-methylvinyl group, 1-methacryl group, and 2-methacryl group. As the chain alkenyl group, among the foregoing, a linear alkenyl group is preferred, a vinyl group and a propenyl group are more preferred, and a vinyl group is particularly preferred.

作為R’201的環式基、鏈狀的烷基或鏈烯基中 的取代基,例如,可舉出烷氧基、鹵原子、鹵化烷基、羥基、羰基、硝基、胺基、橋氧基、前述R’201中的環式基等。 As the cyclic group R '201, the chain alkyl or alkenyl substituent group, for example, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a halogenated alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, a carbonyl group, nitro group, amino group, a bridge An oxy group, a cyclic group in the aforementioned R ' 201 , and the like.

其中,R’201較佳可具有取代基的環式基、可具有取代基的鏈狀的烷基。 Among them, R ′ 201 is preferably a cyclic group which may have a substituent, and a chain-like alkyl group which may have a substituent.

R201~R203、R206~R207、R211~R212彼此鍵結與式中之硫原子一同形成環之情況下,可介隔硫原子、氧原子、氮原子等之雜原子、羰基、-SO-、-SO2-、-SO3-、-COO-、-CONH-或N(RN)-(該RN為碳數1~5之烷基。)等官能基鍵結。作為形成的環,對於在其環骨架中含有式中的硫原子的1個環而言,較佳包含硫原子在內為3~10元環,特別佳為5~7元環。作為形成的環的具體例子,例如可舉出噻吩環、噻唑環、苯并噻吩、噻蒽環、苯并噻吩、二苯并噻吩、9H-噻噸環、噻噸酮環、噻蒽環、吩噁噻環、四氫噻吩鎓環、四氫噻喃鎓環等。 When R 201 to R 203 , R 206 to R 207 , and R 211 to R 212 are bonded to each other to form a ring with a sulfur atom in the formula, a hetero atom such as a sulfur atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, and a carbonyl group can be separated. Functional groups such as, -SO-, -SO 2- , -SO 3- , -COO-, -CONH-, or N (R N )-(the R N is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms) are bonded. As the formed ring, for a ring containing a sulfur atom in the formula in its ring skeleton, a 3 to 10-membered ring including a sulfur atom is preferred, and a 5- to 7-membered ring is particularly preferred. Specific examples of the formed ring include a thiophene ring, a thiazole ring, a benzothiophene, a thioanthracene ring, a benzothiophene, a dibenzothiophene, a 9H-thioxanthene ring, a thioxanthone ring, a thioxanthene ring, A phenoxathia ring, a tetrahydrothienium ring, a tetrahydrothianium ring, and the like.

R208~R209各自獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~5的烷基,較佳為氫原子或碳數1~3的烷基,為烷基的情況下,也可以彼此鍵結而形成環。 R 208 to R 209 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. In the case of an alkyl group, they may be bonded to each other to form ring.

R210為可具有取代基的芳基、可具有取代基的烷基、可具有取代基的鏈烯基、或可具有取代基的含有-SO2-的環式基。作為R210中的芳基,可舉出碳數6~20的未取代的芳基,較佳為苯基、萘基。作為R210中的烷基,為鏈狀或環狀的烷基,較佳為碳數1~30的烷基。作為R210中的鏈烯基,碳數較佳為2~10。 R 210 is an aryl group which may have a substituent, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group which may have a substituent, or a cyclic group containing -SO 2 -which may have a substituent. Examples of the aryl group in R 210 include an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and a phenyl group and a naphthyl group are preferred. The alkyl group in R 210 is a linear or cyclic alkyl group, and an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms is preferred. The alkenyl group in R 210 preferably has 2 to 10 carbon atoms.

Y201各自獨立地表示亞芳基、亞烷基或亞烯基。 Y 201 each independently represents an arylene group, an alkylene group, or an alkenylene group.

對於Y201中的亞芳基而言,可舉出從作為R’201中的芳香族烴基而列舉的芳基中除去1個氫原子而得到的基。對於Y201中的亞烷基、亞烯基而言,可舉出從作為R’201中的鏈狀的烷基、鏈狀的鏈烯基而列舉的基中除去1個氫原子而得到的基。 Examples of the arylene group in Y 201 include a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the aryl group listed as the aromatic hydrocarbon group in R ′ 201 . Examples of the alkylene group and alkenylene group in Y 201 include those obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the groups listed as the chain alkyl group and chain alkenyl group in R ′ 201 . base.

以前述式(ca-4)中,x為1或2。W201為(x+1)價,即2價或3價的連接基。作為W201中的2價連接基,較佳可具有取代基的2價烴基,較佳與前述式(anv0)中的REP中列舉的可具有取代基的2價烴基同樣的基。W201中的2價連接基可以是直鏈狀、支鏈狀、環狀中的任一者,較佳為環狀。其中,較佳為在亞芳基的兩端組合有2個羰基的基、或僅由亞芳基所成的基。作為亞芳基,可舉出亞苯基、亞萘基等,特別佳為亞苯基。作為W201中的3價的連接基,可舉出從前述W201中的2價連接基中除去1個氫原子而得到的基、前述2價連接基進一步鍵結上述2價連接基而得到的基等。作為W201中的3價的連接基,較佳為在亞芳基上鍵結有2個羰基的基。 In the aforementioned formula (ca-4), x is 1 or 2. W 201 is a (x + 1) valence, that is, a divalent or trivalent linking group. The divalent linking group in W 201 is preferably a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, and is preferably the same group as the divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent listed in R EP in the aforementioned formula (anv0). The divalent linking group in W 201 may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic, and is preferably cyclic. Among them, a group in which two carbonyl groups are combined at both ends of the arylene group, or a group composed of only an arylene group is preferred. Examples of the arylene group include a phenylene group and a naphthylene group, and a phenylene group is particularly preferred. Examples of the trivalent linking group in W 201 include a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the divalent linking group in W 201 , and the divalent linking group obtained by further bonding the divalent linking group. The base and so on. As the trivalent linking group in W 201 , a group having two carbonyl groups bonded to an arylene group is preferred.

作為以上述式(ca-1)表示的較佳的陽離子,具體而言,可舉出分別以下式(ca-1-1)~(ca-1-24)表示的陽離子。 Specific examples of preferred cations represented by the above formula (ca-1) include cations represented by the following formulae (ca-1-1) to (ca-1-24).

(式中,R”201為氫原子或取代基,作為該取代基,與作為前述R201~R207、以及R210~R212可具有的取代基而列舉的例子相同)。 (In the formula, R " 201 is a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and the substituent is the same as the examples given as the substituents that R 201 to R 207 and R 210 to R 212 may have).

另外,作為以前述式(ca-1)表示的陽離子,較佳分別以下述一般式(ca-1-25)~(ca-1-36)表示的陽離子。 Moreover, as a cation represented by said formula (ca-1), the cation represented by the following general formula (ca-1-25)-(ca-1-36), respectively is preferable.

(式中,R’211為烷基,Rhal為氫原子或鹵原子)。 (In the formula, R ' 211 is an alkyl group, and R hal is a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom).

作為以前述式(ca-2)表示的較佳的陽離子,具體而言,可舉出二苯基碘鎓陽離子、雙(4-叔丁基苯基)碘鎓陽離子等。 As a preferable cation represented by said formula (ca-2), a diphenyl iodonium cation, a bis (4-tert-butylphenyl) iodonium cation, etc. are mentioned specifically ,.

作為以上述式(ca-4)表示的較佳的陽離子,具體而言,可舉出分別由以下述式(ca-4-1)~(ca-4-2)表示的陽離子。 Specific examples of preferred cations represented by the above formula (ca-4) include cations represented by the following formulae (ca-4-1) to (ca-4-2).

另外,作為以前述式(ca-5)表示的陽離子,較佳分別以下述一般式(ca-5-1)~(ca-5-2)表示的陽離子。 In addition, as the cation represented by the aforementioned formula (ca-5), cations represented by the following general formulae (ca-5-1) to (ca-5-2) are preferred, respectively.

(式中,R’211為烷基)。 (Wherein R ' 211 is an alkyl group).

前述之中,陽離子部[(Qq+)1/q]較佳為以一般式(ca-1)表示的陽離子,更佳為分別以式(ca-1-1)~(ca-1-36)表示的陽離子。 Among the foregoing, the cation part [(Q q + ) 1 / q ] is preferably a cation represented by the general formula (ca-1), and more preferably, it is represented by the formulas (ca-1-1) to (ca-1-36) ).

又,有時將這樣的光陽離子聚合引發劑中藉由光產生酸的聚合引發劑稱為光酸產生劑。 Moreover, among such photocationic polymerization initiators, a polymerization initiator that generates an acid by light is sometimes referred to as a photoacid generator.

對於(B0)成分而言,上述的光酸產生劑可以單獨使用一種,也可以2種以上組合使用。相對於本發明的分離層形成用組成物中的具有環氧基的聚合性樹脂成分100質量份,(B0)成分的含有比例較佳為0.01~20質量份,更佳為0.1~10質量份,進一步較佳為0.2~5質量份, 特別佳為0.5~2質量份。另外,本發明的分離層形成用組成物中,光陽離子聚合引發劑中的(B0)成分的含有比例沒有特別限定,可根據(B0)成分的構造、來自陰離子部的酸等適當決定。具體而言,光陽離子聚合引發劑中的(B0)成分的含有比例較佳為20~99.999質量%,更佳為30~99.99質量%,進一步較佳為40~99.9質量%,特別佳為60~99.9質量%,最佳為90~99.6質量%。經由使(B0)成分的含有比例為前述範圍,可使經由曝光而由聚合引發劑產生的多種酸的強度整體而言適度,而可將聚合性樹脂成分合適地固化。 As for the (B0) component, the above-mentioned photoacid generator may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. The content ratio of the (B0) component is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable resin component having an epoxy group in the composition for forming a separation layer of the present invention. , More preferably 0.2 to 5 parts by mass, Particularly preferred is 0.5 to 2 parts by mass. In the composition for forming a separation layer of the present invention, the content ratio of the (B0) component in the photocationic polymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately determined depending on the structure of the (B0) component, the acid derived from the anion part, and the like. Specifically, the content ratio of the (B0) component in the photocationic polymerization initiator is preferably 20 to 99.999% by mass, more preferably 30 to 99.99% by mass, still more preferably 40 to 99.9% by mass, and particularly preferably 60. ~ 99.9% by mass, preferably 90 ~ 99.6% by mass. By setting the content ratio of the (B0) component to the aforementioned range, the strength of the plurality of acids generated by the polymerization initiator through exposure can be moderated as a whole, and the polymerizable resin component can be appropriately cured.

相對於分離層形成用組成物中的具有環氧基的聚合性樹脂成分100質量份而言,光陽離子聚合引發劑的含量較佳為0.01~60質量份,更佳為0.05~30質量份,進一步較佳為0.05~20質量份,特別佳為0.1~10質量份。若光陽離子聚合引發劑的含量為0.01~60質量份,則可在將聚合性樹脂成分固化並燒成後,使分離層中的透光率降低,而可得到理想的激光反應性。 The content of the photocationic polymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 60 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 30 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable resin component having an epoxy group in the composition for forming a separation layer. It is more preferably 0.05 to 20 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass. When the content of the photocationic polymerization initiator is 0.01 to 60 parts by mass, after curing the polymerizable resin component and firing, the light transmittance in the separation layer can be reduced, and ideal laser reactivity can be obtained.

(3)熱自由基聚合引發劑 (3) Thermal radical polymerization initiator

作為熱自由基聚合引發劑,例如,可舉出過氧化物以及偶氮系聚合引發劑等。此等熱自由基聚合引發劑經由加熱而產生自由基,藉由所述自由基使聚合性單體聚合。 Examples of the thermal radical polymerization initiator include a peroxide and an azo-based polymerization initiator. These thermal radical polymerization initiators generate radicals by heating, and polymerize a polymerizable monomer by the radicals.

作為過氧化物,例如,可舉出過氧化酮、過氧化縮酮、過氧化氫、二烷基過氧化物、過氧化酯、過氧 化碳酸酯以及過氧化縮酮等。具體而言,可舉出過氧化乙醯、過氧化二異丙苯、叔丁基過氧化物、過氧化叔丁基異丙苯、過氧化丙醯、過氧化苯甲醯(BPO)、2-氯過氧化苯甲醯、3-氯過氧化苯甲醯、4-氯過氧化苯甲醯、2,4-二氯過氧化苯甲醯、4-溴甲基過氧化苯甲醯、過氧化月桂醯、過硫酸鉀、過氧化碳酸二異丙基酯、氫過氧化四氫萘、1-苯基-2-甲基丙基-1-過氧化氫、過三苯基乙酸叔丁酯、叔丁基過氧化氫、過甲酸叔丁酯、過氧乙酸叔丁酯、過苯甲酸叔丁酯、過苯基乙酸叔丁酯、過4-甲氧基乙酸叔丁酯以及過N-(3-甲基苯基)氨基甲酸叔丁酯、過氧化二異丙苯、叔丁基過氧化-2-乙基己基單碳酸酯、雙(4-叔丁基環己基)過氧化二碳酸酯、2,5-二甲基-2,5-二(叔丁基過氧化)己烷以及1,1-二(叔丁基過氧化)環己烷等。 Examples of the peroxide include ketone peroxide, ketal peroxide, hydrogen peroxide, dialkyl peroxide, peroxide ester, and peroxide. Carbonate and ketal peroxide. Specific examples include acetamidine peroxide, dicumyl peroxide, tert-butyl peroxide, tert-butyl cumene peroxide, propylammonium peroxide, benzoylperoxide (BPO), 2 -Benzamidine chloroperoxide, 3-Benzylhydrazine perchlorate, 4-Benzylhydrazine perchlorate, 2,4-Dichlorobenzyl peroxide, 4-Bromomethylbenzyl peroxide, Peroxide Laurel oxide, potassium persulfate, diisopropyl peroxycarbonate, tetrahydronaphthalene hydroperoxide, 1-phenyl-2-methylpropyl-1-hydrogen peroxide, tert-butyl perphenyl triacetate , Tert-butyl hydroperoxide, tert-butyl performate, tert-butyl peroxyacetate, tert-butyl perbenzoate, tert-butyl perphenyl acetate, tert-butyl permethoxy 4-methoxyacetate, and per-N- Tert-butyl (3-methylphenyl) carbamate, dicumyl peroxide, tert-butylperoxy-2-ethylhexyl monocarbonate, bis (4-tert-butylcyclohexyl) peroxydicarbonate Esters, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di (t-butylperoxy) hexane and 1,1-bis (t-butylperoxy) cyclohexane.

作為市售的過氧化物,例如,可舉出日本油脂股份有限公司製之商品名“「PERCUMYL(註冊商標)」、商品名「PERBUTYL(註冊商標)」、商品名「PEROCTA(註冊商標)」、「PEROYL(註冊商標)」以及「PERHEXA(註冊商標)」等。 As a commercially available peroxide, for example, a trade name "PERCUMYL (registered trademark)", a trade name "PERBUTYL (registered trademark)", and a trade name "PEROCTA (registered trademark)" made by Japan Oil & Fat Co., Ltd. , "PEROYL (registered trademark)" and "PERHEXA (registered trademark)".

作為偶氮系聚合引發劑,例如,可舉出2,2’-偶氮雙丙烷、2,2’-二氯-2,2’-偶氮雙丙烷、1,1’-偶氮(甲基乙基)二乙酸酯、2,2’-偶氮雙(2-甲脒基丙烷)鹽酸鹽、2,2’-偶氮雙(2-胺基丙烷)硝酸鹽、2,2’-偶氮雙異丁烷、2,2’-偶氮二異丁醯胺、2,2’-偶氮二異丁腈、2,2’-偶氮雙(2-甲基丙酸甲酯)、2,2’-二氯-2,2’-偶氮雙丁烷、2,2’-偶氮雙(2-甲 基丁腈)、2,2’-偶氮二異丁酸二甲酯、1,1’-偶氮雙(1-甲基丁腈-3-磺酸鈉)、2-(4-甲基苯基偶氮)-2-甲基丙二腈、4,4’-偶氮雙(4-氰基戊酸)、3,5-二羥基甲基苯基偶氮-2-烯丙基丙二腈、2,2’-偶氮雙(2-甲基戊腈)、4,4’-偶氮雙(4-氰基戊酸二甲酯)、2,2’-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)、1,1’-偶氮雙(環己烷腈)、2,2’-偶氮雙(2-丙基丁腈)、1,1’-偶氮雙(環己烷腈)、2,2’-偶氮雙(2-丙基丁腈)、1,1’-偶氮雙(1-氯苯基乙烷)、1,1’-偶氮雙(1-環己烷甲腈)、1,1’-偶氮雙(1-環庚烷腈)、1,1’-偶氮雙(1-苯基乙烷)、1,1’-偶氮雙枯烯、4-硝基苯基偶氮苄基氰基乙酸乙酯、苯基偶氮二苯基甲烷、苯基偶氮三苯基甲烷、4-硝基苯基偶氮三苯基甲烷、1,1’-偶氮雙(1,2-二苯基乙烷)、聚(雙酚A-4,4’-偶氮雙(4-氰基戊酸酯))以及聚(四乙二醇-2,2’-偶氮二異丁酸酯)等。 Examples of the azo-based polymerization initiator include 2,2'-azobispropane, 2,2'-dichloro-2,2'-azobispropane, and 1,1'-azo (methyl Ethyl) diacetate, 2,2'-azobis (2-methylamidopropane) hydrochloride, 2,2'-azobis (2-aminopropane) nitrate, 2,2 '-Azobisisobutane, 2,2'-azobisisobutyramide, 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2'-azobis (2-methylpropionate methyl Ester), 2,2'-dichloro-2,2'-azobisbutane, 2,2'-azobis (2-methyl Butyronitrile), 2,2'-azobisisobutyric acid dimethyl ester, 1,1'-azobis (1-methylbutyronitrile-3-sulfonate), 2- (4-methyl (Phenylazo) -2-methylmalononitrile, 4,4'-azobis (4-cyanovaleric acid), 3,5-dihydroxymethylphenylazo-2-allyl allyl Dinitrile, 2,2'-azobis (2-methylvaleronitrile), 4,4'-azobis (4-cyanovalerate dimethyl), 2,2'-azobis (2 , 4-dimethylvaleronitrile), 1,1'-azobis (cyclohexanenitrile), 2,2'-azobis (2-propylbutyronitrile), 1,1'-azobis (Cyclohexanenitrile), 2,2'-azobis (2-propylbutyronitrile), 1,1'-azobis (1-chlorophenylethane), 1,1'-azobis (1-cyclohexanecarbonitrile), 1,1'-azobis (1-cycloheptanenitrile), 1,1'-azobis (1-phenylethane), 1,1'-couple Azabiscumene, 4-nitrophenylazobenzyl cyanoacetate, phenylazodiphenylmethane, phenylazotriphenylmethane, 4-nitrophenylazotriphenyl Methane, 1,1'-azobis (1,2-diphenylethane), poly (bisphenol A-4,4'-azobis (4-cyanovalerate)), and poly (quad Ethylene glycol-2,2'-azobisisobutyrate)).

相對於100重量份的聚合性單體,熱自由基聚合引發劑的摻合量較佳為0.1重量份以上、20重量份以下,更佳為1重量份以上、5重量份以下。由此,可使具有烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的聚合性樹脂成分合適地聚合。又,熱自由基聚合引發劑可在即將使用分離層形成用組成物之前,經由已知的方法摻合到分離層形成用組成物中。另外,熱自由基聚合引發劑也可在稀釋於後述的添加溶劑中後摻合到分離層形成用組成物中。 The blending amount of the thermal radical polymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 part by weight or more and 20 parts by weight or less, more preferably 1 part by weight or more and 5 parts by weight or less based on 100 parts by weight of the polymerizable monomer. Thereby, a polymerizable resin component having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond can be appropriately polymerized. The thermal radical polymerization initiator may be blended into the composition for separation layer formation by a known method immediately before the composition for formation of separation layer is used. The thermal radical polymerization initiator may be added to the composition for forming a separation layer after being diluted in an addition solvent to be described later.

熱自由基聚合引發劑的1分鐘半衰期溫度較佳為90℃以上、200℃以下,更佳為120℃以上、180℃以下。 The 1-minute half-life temperature of the thermal radical polymerization initiator is preferably 90 ° C or higher and 200 ° C or lower, and more preferably 120 ° C or higher and 180 ° C or lower.

另外,熱自由基聚合引發劑的1小時半衰期溫度較佳為50℃以上、140℃以下,更佳為80℃以上、140℃以下。 The 1-hour half-life temperature of the thermal radical polymerization initiator is preferably 50 ° C or higher and 140 ° C or lower, and more preferably 80 ° C or higher and 140 ° C or lower.

經由熱自由基聚合引發劑的1分鐘半衰期溫度為90℃以上、200℃以下,1小時半衰期溫度為50℃以上、140℃以下,可延長從摻合熱自由基聚合引發劑開始,直到使具有烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵的聚合性樹脂成分聚合、凝膠化為止的時間。由此,可延長在支撐體上塗佈接著劑組成物時的操作時間。另外,經由熱自由基聚合引發劑的1分鐘半衰期溫度為90℃以上、200℃以下,1小時半衰期溫度為50℃以上、140℃以下,在支撐體上塗佈接著劑組成物、並經由加熱除去稀釋溶劑時,可同時產生自由基,預備性地引發聚合性樹脂成分的聚合。從可延長可操作的時間的觀點考慮,熱自由基聚合引發劑的1分半衰期溫度以及1小時半衰期溫度較佳較高。另外,從快速地凝膠化的觀點考慮,熱自由基聚合引發劑的1分半衰期溫度以及1小時半衰期溫度為較低為較佳。 The 1-minute half-life temperature of the thermal radical polymerization initiator is 90 ° C or higher and 200 ° C or lower, and the 1-hour half-life temperature is 50 ° C or higher and 140 ° C or lower. The time taken for the polymerizable resin component of the ethylenically unsaturated double bond to polymerize and gel. Thereby, the operation time when an adhesive composition is apply | coated to a support body can be extended. In addition, the 1-minute half-life temperature of the thermal radical polymerization initiator is 90 ° C or higher and 200 ° C or lower, and the 1-hour half-life temperature is 50 ° C or higher and 140 ° C or lower. The support composition is coated on the support and heated. When the diluent solvent is removed, radicals can be generated at the same time, and the polymerization of the polymerizable resin component is preliminarily initiated. From the viewpoint of extending the operable time, the half-life temperature and the half-life temperature of the thermal radical polymerization initiator are preferably higher. In addition, from the viewpoint of rapid gelation, the one-half-life temperature and the one-hour half-life temperature of the thermal radical polymerization initiator are preferably lower.

又,熱自由基聚合引發劑的理論活性氧量較佳為3.0%以上、13.0%以下,可根據理論活性氧量適當調節熱自由基聚合引發劑的摻合量。 The theoretical active oxygen amount of the thermal radical polymerization initiator is preferably 3.0% or more and 13.0% or less, and the blending amount of the thermal radical polymerization initiator may be appropriately adjusted according to the theoretical active oxygen amount.

(4)光自由基聚合引發劑 (4) Photo radical polymerization initiator

分離層形成用組成物可以經由光自由基聚合引發劑而使聚合性樹脂成分聚合。又,將光自由基聚合引發劑用作 聚合引發劑時,若以可維持遮光狀態的形式包裝接著劑組成物,則可在摻合有光自由基聚合引發劑的狀態下將該分離層形成用組成物製品化。 The composition for forming a separation layer can polymerize a polymerizable resin component through a photoradical polymerization initiator. In addition, a photoradical polymerization initiator is used as In the case of a polymerization initiator, if the adhesive composition is packaged so as to maintain a light-shielding state, the composition for forming a separation layer can be manufactured in a state where a photo radical polymerization initiator is blended.

作為光自由基聚合引發劑,具體而言,例如,可舉出1-羥基環己基苯基酮、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、1-[4-(2-羥基乙氧基)苯基]-2-羥基-2-甲基-1-丙烷-1-酮、1-(4-異丙基苯基)-2-羥基-2-甲基丙烷-1-酮、1-(4-十二烷基苯基)-2-羥基-2-甲基丙烷-1-酮、2,2-二甲氧基-1,2-二苯基乙烷-1-酮、雙(4-二甲基胺基苯基)酮、2-甲基-1-[4-(甲基硫基)苯基]-2-嗎啉基丙烷-1-酮、2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)-丁烷-1-酮、O-乙醯基-1-[6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9-乙基-9H-哢唑-3-基]乙醛肟、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基二苯基氧化膦、4-苯甲醯基-4’-甲基二甲基硫醚、4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸、4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸甲酯、4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸乙酯、4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸丁酯、苯甲酸4-二甲基胺基-2-乙基己酯、苯甲酸4-二甲基胺基-2-異戊酯、苄基-β-甲氧基乙基縮醛、苯偶醯二甲基縮酮、1-苯基-1,2-丙二酮-2-(O-乙氧基羰基)肟、鄰苯甲醯基苯甲酸甲酯、2,4-二乙基噻噸酮、2-氯噻噸酮、2,4-二甲基噻噸酮、1-氯-4-丙氧基噻噸酮、噻噸、2-氯噻噸、2,4-二乙基噻噸、2-甲基噻噸、2-異丙基噻噸、2-乙基蒽醌、八甲基蒽醌(octamethyl anthraquinone)、1,2-苯并蒽醌、2,3-二苯基蒽醌、偶氮二異丁腈、過氧化苯甲醯、過氧化氫異丙苯、2-巰基苯并咪唑、2-巰基苯并噁唑、2-巰基苯并噻 唑、2-(鄰氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物、2-(鄰氯苯基)-4,5-二(甲氧基苯基)咪唑二聚物、2-(鄰氟苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物、2-(鄰甲氧基苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物、2-(對甲氧基苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物、2,4,5-三芳基咪唑二聚物、二苯甲酮、2-氯二苯甲酮、4,4’-雙(二甲胺基)二苯甲酮(即米蚩酮)、4,4’-雙(二乙胺基)二苯甲酮(即乙基米蚩酮)、4,4’-二氯二苯甲酮、3,3-二甲基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、苯偶醯、苯偶姻、苯偶姻甲醚、苯偶姻乙醚、苯偶姻異丙醚、苯偶姻正丁基醚、苯偶姻異丁基醚、苯偶姻叔丁基醚、苯乙酮、2,2-二乙氧基苯乙酮、對二甲基苯乙酮、對二甲基胺基苯丙酮、二氯苯乙酮、三氯苯乙酮、對叔丁基苯乙酮、對二甲基胺基苯乙酮、對叔丁基三氯苯乙酮、對叔丁基二氯苯乙酮、α,α-二氯-4-苯氧基苯乙酮、噻噸酮、2-甲基噻噸酮、2-異丙基噻噸酮、二苯并環庚烯酮、4-二甲胺基苯甲酸戊酯、9-苯基吖啶、1,7-二-(9-吖啶基)庚烷、1,5-二-(9-吖啶基)戊烷、1,3-二-(9-吖啶基)丙烷、對甲氧基三嗪、2,4,6-三(三氯甲基)-均三嗪、2-甲基-4,6-二(三氯甲基)-均三嗪、2-[2-(5-甲基呋喃-2-基)乙烯基]-4,6-二(三氯甲基)-均三嗪、2-[2-(呋喃-2-基)乙烯基]-4,6-二(三氯甲基)-均三嗪、2-[2-(4-二乙基胺基-2-甲基苯基)乙烯基]-4,6-二(三氯甲基)-均三嗪、2-[2-(3,4-二甲氧基苯基)乙烯基]-4,6-二(三氯甲基)-均三嗪、2-(4-甲氧基苯基)-4,6-二(三氯甲基)-均三嗪、2-(4-乙氧基苯乙烯基)-4,6-二(三氯甲基)-均三嗪、2-(4-正丁氧基苯基)-4,6-二(三氯甲 基)-均三嗪、2,4-二-三氯甲基-6-(3-溴-4-甲氧基)苯基-均三嗪、2,4-二-三氯甲基-6-(2-溴-4-甲氧基)苯基-均三嗪、2,4-二-三氯甲基-6-(3-溴-4-甲氧基)苯乙烯基苯基-均三嗪、2,4-二-三氯甲基-6-(2-溴-4-甲氧基)苯乙烯基苯基-均三嗪等。另外,作為光自由基聚合引發劑,可使用作為市售品的「IRGACURE OXE02」、「IRGACURE OXE01」,「IRGACURE 369」、「IRGACURE 651」以及「IRGACURE 907」(商品名:均為BASF公司製)以以及「NCI-831」(商品名:ADEKA公司製)等。 Specific examples of the photo radical polymerization initiator include 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropane-1-one, and 1- [4- (2-hydroxyethoxy) phenyl] -2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-propane-1-one, 1- (4-isopropylphenyl) -2-hydroxy-2-methylpropane 1-one, 1- (4-dodecylphenyl) -2-hydroxy-2-methylpropane-1-one, 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane -1-one, bis (4-dimethylaminophenyl) ketone, 2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholinylpropane-1-one, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinylphenyl) -butane-1-one, O-ethylamido-1- [6- (2-methylbenzoyl (Fluorenyl) -9-ethyl-9H-oxazol-3-yl] acetaldehyde oxime, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzylidene diphenylphosphine oxide, 4-benzylidene-4 ' -Methyldimethylsulfide, 4-dimethylaminobenzoic acid, methyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, ethyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 4-dimethylamino Butyl benzoate, 4-dimethylamino-2-ethylhexyl benzoate, 4-dimethylamino-2-isoamyl benzoate, benzyl-β-methoxyethyl acetal , Benzophenone dimethyl ketal, 1-phenyl-1,2-propanedione-2- (O- (Oxycarbonyl) oxime, methyl ortho-benzoyl benzoate, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2,4-dimethylthioxanthone, 1-chloro-4 -Propoxythioxanthone, thioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 2-methylthioxanthone, 2-isopropylthioxanthine, 2-ethylanthraquinone, octa Octamethyl anthraquinone, 1,2-benzoanthraquinone, 2,3-diphenylanthraquinone, azobisisobutyronitrile, benzamidine peroxide, cumene hydroperoxide, 2- Mercaptobenzimidazole, 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole Azole, 2- (o-chlorophenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2- (o-chlorophenyl) -4,5-bis (methoxyphenyl) imidazole dimer, 2 -(O-fluorophenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2- (o-methoxyphenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2- (p-methoxy (Phenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimer, benzophenone, 2-chlorobenzophenone, 4,4'-bis (di (Methylamino) benzophenone (i.e., ketone ketone), 4,4'-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone (i.e., ethyl ketone ketone), 4,4'-dichlorobenzophenone Ketone, 3,3-dimethyl-4-methoxybenzophenone, benzoin, benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin Butyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin tert-butyl ether, acetophenone, 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, p-dimethylacetophenone, p-dimethylamino Phenylacetone, dichloroacetophenone, trichloroacetophenone, p-tert-butylacetophenone, p-dimethylaminoacetophenone, p-tert-butyltrichloroacetophenone, p-tert-butyldichlorobenzene Ethyl ketone, α, α-dichloro-4-phenoxyacetophenone, thioxanthone, 2-methylthioxanthone, 2-isopropylthioxanthone , Dibenzocycloheptenone, amyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 9-phenylacridine, 1,7-bis- (9-acridyl) heptane, 1,5-di- ( 9-acridyl) pentane, 1,3-bis- (9-acridyl) propane, p-methoxytriazine, 2,4,6-tris (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2 -Methyl-4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2- [2- (5-methylfuran-2-yl) vinyl] -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) ) -Hytriazine, 2- [2- (furan-2-yl) vinyl] -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -himetriazine, 2- [2- (4-diethylamine Phenyl-2-methylphenyl) vinyl] -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -triazine, 2- [2- (3,4-dimethoxyphenyl) vinyl]- 4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2- (4-ethyl Oxystyryl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -triazine, 2- (4-n-butoxyphenyl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) ) -Mesytriazine, 2,4-di-trichloromethyl-6- (3-bromo-4-methoxy) phenyl-mesytriazine, 2,4-di-trichloromethyl-6 -(2-bromo-4-methoxy) phenyl-mesytriazine, 2,4-di-trichloromethyl-6- (3-bromo-4-methoxy) styrylphenyl-mesh Triazine, 2,4-di-trichloromethyl-6- (2-bromo-4-methoxy) styrylphenyl-mesytriazine, and the like. As the photoradical polymerization initiator, commercially available products such as "IRGACURE OXE02", "IRGACURE OXE01", "IRGACURE 369", "IRGACURE 651", and "IRGACURE 907" (trade names: all manufactured by BASF Corporation) can be used. ), And "NCI-831" (brand name: ADEKA).

相對於100重量份的聚合性單體,光自由基聚合引發劑的摻合量較佳為0.1重量份以上、20重量份以下,更佳為1重量份以上、5重量份以下。 The blending amount of the photo radical polymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 part by weight or more and 20 parts by weight or less, more preferably 1 part by weight or more and 5 parts by weight or less based on 100 parts by weight of the polymerizable monomer.

[3. 其他的成分] [3. Other ingredients]

關於實施方式之的分離層形成用組成物中,除了上述的聚合性成分以及聚合引發劑以外,還可包含有表面活性劑以及稀釋溶劑。 The composition for forming a separation layer according to the embodiment may include a surfactant and a diluent in addition to the polymerizable component and the polymerization initiator described above.

(1)表面活性劑 (1) Surfactant

分離層形成用組成物可包含表面活性劑。作為表面活性劑,例如,可舉出有機矽系表面活性劑、氟系表面活性劑。作為有機矽系表面活性劑,具體而言,可使用BYK-077、BYK-085、BYK-300、BYK-301、BYK-302、BYK-306、BYK-307、BYK-310、BYK-320、BYK-322、BYK- 323、BYK-325、BYK-330、BYK-331、BYK-333、BYK-335、BYK-341、BYK-344、BYK-345、BYK-346、BYK-348、BYK-354、BYK-355、BYK-356、BYK-358、BYK-361、BYK-370、BYK-371、BYK-375、BYK-380、BYK-390(BYKChemie公司製)等。作為氟系表面活性劑,具體而言,可使用F-114、F-177、F-410、F-411、F-450、F-493、F-494、F-443、F-444、F-445、F-446、F-470、F-471、F-472SF、F-474、F-475、F-477、F-478、F-479、F-480SF、F-482、F-483、F-484、F-486、F-487、F-172D、MCF-350SF、TF-1025SF、TF-1117SF、TF-1026SF、TF-1128、TF-1127、TF-1129、TF-1126、TF-1130、TF-1116SF、TF-1131、TF-1132、TF-1027SF、TF-1441、TF-1442(DIC公司製);POLYFOX系列的PF-636、PF-6320、PF-656、PF-6520(OMNOVA公司製)等。 The composition for forming a separation layer may contain a surfactant. Examples of the surfactant include a silicone-based surfactant and a fluorine-based surfactant. As the silicone-based surfactant, specifically, BYK-077, BYK-085, BYK-300, BYK-301, BYK-302, BYK-306, BYK-307, BYK-310, BYK-320, BYK-322, BYK- 323, BYK-325, BYK-330, BYK-331, BYK-333, BYK-335, BYK-341, BYK-344, BYK-345, BYK-346, BYK-348, BYK-354, BYK-355, BYK-356, BYK-358, BYK-361, BYK-370, BYK-371, BYK-375, BYK-380, BYK-390 (by BYKChemie) and the like. As the fluorine-based surfactant, specifically, F-114, F-177, F-410, F-411, F-450, F-493, F-494, F-443, F-444, F can be used. -445, F-446, F-470, F-471, F-472SF, F-474, F-475, F-477, F-478, F-479, F-480SF, F-482, F-483 , F-484, F-486, F-487, F-172D, MCF-350SF, TF-1025SF, TF-1117SF, TF-1026SF, TF-1128, TF-1127, TF-1129, TF-1126, TF -1130, TF-1116SF, TF-1131, TF-1132, TF-1027SF, TF-1441, TF-1442 (manufactured by DIC); PF-636, PF-6320, PF-656, PF-6520 of the POLYFOX series (Manufactured by OMNOVA).

表面活性劑可單獨使用一種,也可併用2種以上。相對於聚合性樹脂成分的100質量份總量,表面活性劑的含量較佳為0.01~10質量份,更佳為0.02~2質量份,進一步較佳為0.03~1質量份。經由為上述範圍,在支撐體上塗佈分離層形成用組成物時,可形成平坦性高的分離層。 The surfactant may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds. The content of the surfactant is preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.02 to 2 parts by mass, and still more preferably 0.03 to 1 part by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable resin component. When the composition for forming a separation layer is coated on the support through the above range, a separation layer with high flatness can be formed.

(2)稀釋溶劑 (2) Diluted solvent

關於一種實施方式之分離層形成用組成物,較佳包含稀釋溶劑。稀釋劑只要為可溶解聚合性樹脂成分以及聚合 引發劑的溶劑則沒有限定,可合適地使用以下所示的溶劑。 The composition for forming a separation layer according to one embodiment preferably contains a diluent solvent. As long as the diluent is a polymerizable resin component and a polymer The solvent of the initiator is not limited, and the solvents shown below can be suitably used.

作為稀釋溶劑,例如,可舉出己烷、庚烷、辛烷、壬烷、甲基辛烷、癸烷、十一烷、十二烷、十三烷等直鏈狀的烴;碳數4~15的支鏈狀的烴、例如,環己烷、環庚烷、環辛烷、萘、十氫化萘、四氫化萘等環狀烴;對薄荷烷、鄰薄荷烷、間薄荷烷、二苯基薄荷烷、1,4-萜品烯、1,8-萜品烯、莰烷、降冰片烷、蒎烷、苧烷、蒈烷、長葉烯、香葉醇、橙花醇、芳樟醇、檸檬醛、香茅醇、薄荷醇、異薄荷醇、新薄荷醇、α-松油醇、β-松油醇、γ-松油醇、萜品烯-1-醇、萜品烯-4-醇、二氫乙酸松油酯、1,4-桉樹腦、1,8-桉樹腦、冰片、香芹酮、紫羅酮、側柏酮、樟腦、d-苧烯、l-苧烯、二萜烯等萜烯系溶劑;γ-丁內酯等內酯類;丙酮、甲基乙基酮、環己酮(CH)、甲基正戊酮、甲基異戊酮、2-庚酮等酮類;乙二醇、二乙二醇、丙二醇、二丙二醇等多元醇類;乙二醇單乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙酸酯、或二丙二醇單乙酸酯等具有酯鍵的化合物;前述多元醇類或前述具有酯鍵的化合物的單甲基醚、單乙基醚、單丙基醚、單丁基醚等單烷基醚或單苯基醚等具有醚鍵的化合物等多元醇類的衍生物(此等之中,較佳丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)、丙二醇單甲基醚(PGME));二氧雜環己烷這般的環式醚類、或乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯(EL)、乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、丙酮酸甲酯、丙 酮酸乙酯、甲氧基丙酸甲酯、乙氧基丙酸乙酯等酯類;苯甲醚、乙基苄基醚、甲苯基甲基醚、二苯基醚、二苄基醚、苯乙醚、丁基苯基醚等芳香族系有機溶劑等。 Examples of the diluting solvent include linear hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, nonane, methyloctane, decane, undecane, dodecane, and tridecane; carbon number 4 ~ 15 branched hydrocarbons, such as cyclic hydrocarbons such as cyclohexane, cycloheptane, cyclooctane, naphthalene, decalin, tetrahydronaphthalene; p-menthane, o-menthane, m-menthane, di Phenylmentane, 1,4-terpinene, 1,8-terpinene, pinane, norbornane, pinane, pinane, pinane, longifolene, geraniol, nerol, aromatic Camphor, citral, citronellol, menthol, isomenthol, neomenthol, alpha-terpineol, beta-terpineol, gamma-terpineol, terpinen-1-ol, terpinene 4-alcohol, terpineol dihydroacetate, 1,4-eucalyptol, 1,8-eucalyptol, borneol, carvone, ionone, thujone, camphor, d-pinene, l-fluorene Terpene-based solvents such as olefins and diterpenes; lactones such as γ-butyrolactone; acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone (CH), methyl n-pentanone, methyl isopentanone, 2- Ketones such as heptone; Polyols such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, and dipropylene glycol; ethylene glycol monoacetate Compounds having an ester bond, such as diethylene glycol monoacetate, propylene glycol monoacetate, or dipropylene glycol monoacetate; monomethyl ethers or monoethyl ethers of the aforementioned polyols or the aforementioned compounds having an ester bond Polyol derivatives such as monoalkyl ethers such as monopropyl ether, monobutyl ether, or compounds having an ether bond such as monophenyl ether (Among these, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate ( PGMEA), propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)); cyclic ethers like dioxane, or methyl lactate, ethyl lactate (EL), methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate , Methoxybutyl acetate, methyl pyruvate, propane Esters such as ethyl ketoate, methyl methoxypropionate, ethyl ethoxypropionate; anisole, ethyl benzyl ether, tolyl methyl ether, diphenyl ether, dibenzyl ether, Aromatic organic solvents such as phenyl ether and butylphenyl ether.

此外,分離層形成用組成物可根據聚合性樹脂成分以及聚合引發劑的組成適當包含敏化劑。 In addition, the composition for forming a separation layer may appropriately contain a sensitizer depending on the composition of the polymerizable resin component and the polymerization initiator.

<層合體10(第一實施方式)> <Laminated body 10 (first embodiment)>

圖1如所示,關於本發明的實施形態之一(第一實施形態)之層合體10係介隔接著層3與分離層4將基板1與支撐板2層合而形成的。於此,分離層4為使用關於一種實施形態之分離層形成用組成物而形成。因此,層合體具備耐化學藥品性高的分離層。由此,使用關於一種實施形態之分離層形成用組成物製造的層合體也在本發明的範疇內。 As shown in FIG. 1, a laminate 10 according to one embodiment (first embodiment) of the present invention is formed by laminating a substrate 1 and a support plate 2 with an adhesive layer 3 and a separation layer 4. Here, the separation layer 4 is formed using the composition for forming a separation layer according to an embodiment. Therefore, the laminate includes a separation layer having high chemical resistance. Therefore, a laminated body produced using the composition for forming a separation layer according to one embodiment is also within the scope of the present invention.

[基板1] [Substrate 1]

基板1可在被支撐板2支撐的狀態下供於薄化、安裝等工藝。另外,對於基板1而言,例如,可安裝積體電路或金屬凸點(bump)等之構造物。基板1可使用典型的矽晶圓基板,但沒有限定,也可使用由陶瓷基板、薄膜基板、柔性基板等任選的材質形成的基板。 The substrate 1 can be used for processes such as thinning and mounting while being supported by the support plate 2. In addition, for the substrate 1, for example, a structure such as a integrated circuit or a metal bump can be mounted. The substrate 1 may be a typical silicon wafer substrate, but it is not limited, and a substrate formed of an optional material such as a ceramic substrate, a thin film substrate, or a flexible substrate may be used.

[支撐板2] [Support plate 2]

支撐板(支撐體)2為支撐基板1的支撐體,介隔接著 層3而貼合於基板1。因此,作為支撐板2,只要具有防止基板1在基板1的薄化、輸送、安裝等工藝時破損或變形所需要的強度即可。另外,支撐板2只要可透過用於使分離層4改性的光即可。從此等觀點考慮,支撐板2可使用由玻璃、矽或丙烯酸系樹脂形成的支撐體等。 The support plate (support body) 2 is a support body for supporting the substrate 1, and is separated by The layer 3 is bonded to the substrate 1. Therefore, as the support plate 2, it is only necessary to have the strength necessary to prevent the substrate 1 from being broken or deformed during processes such as thinning, transportation, and mounting of the substrate 1. The support plate 2 only needs to be capable of transmitting light for modifying the separation layer 4. From these viewpoints, as the support plate 2, a support made of glass, silicon, or an acrylic resin can be used.

[接著層3] [Next to layer 3]

接著層3為用於將基板1與支撐板2貼合的層,為由用於將基板1與支撐板2貼合的接著劑形成的。 The adhesive layer 3 is a layer for bonding the substrate 1 and the support plate 2, and is formed of an adhesive for bonding the substrate 1 and the support plate 2.

用於形成接著層3的接著劑包含熱塑性樹脂、稀釋劑、以及添加劑等其他的成分。於此,作為接著劑中含有的熱塑性樹脂,即接著層3含有的熱塑性樹脂,只要是具備接著性的樹脂即可,例如,更佳使用烴樹脂、丙烯酸-苯乙烯系樹脂、馬來醯亞胺系樹脂、彈性體樹脂、聚碸系樹脂等、或將此等組合而得到的樹脂等。以下,對本實施方式中的接著層3含有的熱塑性樹脂進行說明。 The adhesive for forming the adhesive layer 3 contains other components such as a thermoplastic resin, a diluent, and additives. Here, as the thermoplastic resin contained in the adhesive, that is, the thermoplastic resin contained in the adhesive layer 3, any resin having adhesiveness may be used. For example, a hydrocarbon resin, an acrylic-styrene resin, and Malaya are more preferably used. An amine resin, an elastomer resin, a polyfluorene resin, or the like, or a resin obtained by combining these and the like. Hereinafter, the thermoplastic resin contained in the adhesive layer 3 in this embodiment is demonstrated.

(烴樹脂) (Hydrocarbon resin)

烴樹脂具有烴骨架,為使單體組成物聚合而形成的樹脂。作為烴樹脂,可舉出環烯烴系聚合物(以下,有時稱為「樹脂(A)」)、以及選自由萜烯樹脂、松香系樹脂以及石油樹脂所成之群組中之至少1種樹脂(以下,有時稱為「樹脂(B)」)等,但不限定於此。 A hydrocarbon resin has a hydrocarbon skeleton and is a resin formed by polymerizing a monomer composition. Examples of the hydrocarbon resin include a cycloolefin-based polymer (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "resin (A)") and at least one selected from the group consisting of a terpene resin, a rosin-based resin, and a petroleum resin. Resin (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "resin (B)") and the like are not limited thereto.

樹脂(A)也可為使包含環烯烴系單體的單體成分聚合而形成的樹脂。具體而言,可舉出包含環烯烴系單體的單體成分的開環(共)聚合物、使包含環烯烴系單體的單體成分加成(共)聚合而得到的樹脂等。 The resin (A) may be a resin formed by polymerizing a monomer component containing a cycloolefin-based monomer. Specific examples include a ring-opened (co) polymer containing a monomer component containing a cycloolefin-based monomer, and a resin obtained by addition (co) polymerization of a monomer component containing a cycloolefin-based monomer.

作為構成樹脂(A)的單體成分中包含的前述環烯烴系單體,例如,可舉出降冰片烯、降冰片二烯等雙環體、二環戊二烯、羥基二環戊二烯等三環體、四環十二碳烯等四環體、環戊二烯三聚體等五環體、四環戊二烯等七環體、或此等多環體的烷基(甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基等)取代物、鏈烯基(乙烯基等)取代物、烷叉基(乙叉基等)取代物、芳基(苯基、甲苯基、萘基等)取代物等。此等之中,特別較佳選自由降冰片烯、四環十二碳烯、或此等的烷基取代物所成之群中之降冰片烯系單體。 Examples of the cycloolefin-based monomer included in the monomer component constituting the resin (A) include bicyclics such as norbornene and norbornadiene, dicyclopentadiene, and hydroxydicyclopentadiene. Tricyclics, tetracyclics such as dodecene, pentacyclics such as cyclopentadiene trimers, heptads such as tetracyclopentadiene, or alkyl groups of these polycyclics (methyl, (Ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc.) substitutions, alkenyl (vinyl, etc.) substitutions, alkylidene (ethylidene, etc.) substitutions, aryl (phenyl, tolyl, naphthyl, etc.) substitutions Things. Among these, a norbornene-based monomer selected from the group consisting of norbornene, tetracyclododecene, or these alkyl substituents is particularly preferable.

構成樹脂(A)的單體成分也可含有可與上述的環烯烴系單體共聚的其他的單體,例如,較佳含有鏈烯單體。作為鏈烯單體,例如,可舉出乙烯、丙烯、1-丁烯、異丁烯、1-己烯、α-烯烴等。鏈烯單體可為直鏈狀的,也可為支鏈狀的。 The monomer component constituting the resin (A) may contain other monomers that can be copolymerized with the above-mentioned cycloolefin-based monomer, and, for example, preferably contains an olefin monomer. Examples of the olefin monomer include ethylene, propylene, 1-butene, isobutylene, 1-hexene, and α-olefin. The olefin monomer may be linear or branched.

另外,作為構成樹脂(A)的單體成分,從高耐熱性(低熱分解、低熱減重性)的觀點考慮,較佳含有環烯烴單體。相對於構成樹脂(A)的單體成分總體,環烯烴單體的比例較佳為5莫耳%以上,更佳為10莫耳%以上,進一步較佳為20莫耳%以上。另外,相對於構成樹脂(A)的單體成分總體,環烯烴單體的比例沒有特別限定,從溶解 性以及在溶液中的經時穩定性的觀點考慮,較佳為80莫耳%以下,更佳為70莫耳%以下。 In addition, as a monomer component constituting the resin (A), a cycloolefin monomer is preferably contained from the viewpoint of high heat resistance (low thermal decomposition, low thermal weight loss). The proportion of the cyclic olefin monomer is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, and still more preferably 20 mol% or more with respect to the entire monomer component constituting the resin (A). In addition, the proportion of the cyclic olefin monomer is not particularly limited with respect to the entire monomer component constituting the resin (A). From the viewpoints of properties and stability over time in a solution, it is preferably 80 mol% or less, and more preferably 70 mol% or less.

另外,作為構成樹脂(A)的單體成分,可含有直鏈狀或支鏈狀的鏈烯單體。從溶解性以及柔軟性的觀點考慮,相對於構成樹脂(A)的單體成分總體,烯烴單體的比例較佳為10~90莫耳%,更佳為20~85莫耳%,進一步較佳為30~80莫耳%。 The monomer component constituting the resin (A) may contain a linear or branched alkene monomer. From the viewpoint of solubility and flexibility, the ratio of the olefin monomer is preferably 10 to 90 mol%, more preferably 20 to 85 mol% with respect to the overall monomer component constituting the resin (A), and more preferably It is preferably 30 to 80 mol%.

又,對於樹脂(A)而言,例如,使環烯烴系單體與鏈烯單體的單體成分聚合而形成的樹脂這般的不具有極性基的樹脂,在抑制高溫下的氣體產生的方面為較佳。 In addition, for the resin (A), for example, a resin having no polar group, such as a resin formed by polymerizing monomer components of a cycloolefin-based monomer and an olefin monomer, suppresses gas generation at high temperatures. Aspects are better.

對於使單體成分聚合時的聚合方法、聚合條件等,沒有特別限制,按照通常方法適當設定即可。 The polymerization method, polymerization conditions, and the like when polymerizing the monomer components are not particularly limited, and may be appropriately set in accordance with ordinary methods.

例如,可將作為以下述化學式(ad1)表示的重複單元以及下述化學式(ad2)表示的重複單元的共聚物的環烯烴共聚物用作接著成分樹脂(A)。 For example, a cycloolefin copolymer which is a copolymer of a repeating unit represented by the following chemical formula (ad1) and a repeating unit represented by the following chemical formula (ad2) can be used as the adhesion component resin (A).

(化學式(ad2)中,n為0或1~3的整數)。 (In the chemical formula (ad2), n is an integer of 0 or 1 to 3).

作為這般的環烯烴共聚物,可使用APL 8008T、APL 8009T、以及APL 6013T(全部為三井化學股份有限公司製)等。 As such a cycloolefin copolymer, APL 8008T, APL 8009T, and APL 6013T (all manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals Co., Ltd.) can be used.

另外,作為可用作樹脂(A)之市售品,例如,可舉出Polyplastics股份有限公司製「TOPAS」、三井化學股份有限公司製之「APEL」、「Zeon Corporation」製之「ZEONOR」以及「ZEONEX」、JSR股份有限公司製之「ARTON」等。 Examples of commercially available products that can be used as the resin (A) include, for example, "TOPAS" manufactured by Polyplastics Corporation, "APEL" manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals Corporation, "ZEONOR" manufactured by "Zeon Corporation", and "ZEONEX", "ARTON" made by JSR Corporation, etc.

樹脂(A)的玻璃化轉變溫度(Tg)較佳為60℃以上,特別佳為70℃以上。若樹脂(A)的玻璃化轉變溫度為60℃以上,則可進一步抑制層合體被暴露於高溫環境時接著層3的軟化。 The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the resin (A) is preferably 60 ° C or higher, and particularly preferably 70 ° C or higher. When the glass transition temperature of the resin (A) is 60 ° C. or higher, softening of the adhesive layer 3 when the laminate is exposed to a high-temperature environment can be further suppressed.

樹脂(B)為選自由萜烯系樹脂、松香系樹脂以及石油樹脂所成之群中之至少1種樹脂。具體而言,作為萜烯系樹脂,例如,可舉出萜烯樹脂、萜烯酚醛樹脂、改性萜烯樹脂、氫化萜烯樹脂、氫化萜烯酚醛樹脂等。作為松香系樹脂,例如,可舉出松香、松香酯、氫化松香、氫化松香酯、聚合松香、聚合松香酯、改性松香等。作為石油樹脂,例如,可舉出脂肪族或芳香族石油樹脂、氫化石油樹脂、改性石油樹脂、脂環族石油樹脂、香豆酮.茚石油樹脂等。此等之中,更佳為氫化萜烯樹脂、氫化石油樹脂。 The resin (B) is at least one resin selected from the group consisting of a terpene-based resin, a rosin-based resin, and a petroleum resin. Specific examples of the terpene-based resin include a terpene resin, a terpene phenol resin, a modified terpene resin, a hydrogenated terpene resin, a hydrogenated terpene phenol resin, and the like. Examples of the rosin-based resin include rosin, rosin ester, hydrogenated rosin, hydrogenated rosin ester, polymerized rosin, polymerized rosin ester, and modified rosin. Examples of petroleum resins include aliphatic or aromatic petroleum resins, hydrogenated petroleum resins, modified petroleum resins, alicyclic petroleum resins, and coumarone. Indole petroleum resin, etc. Among these, a hydrogenated terpene resin and a hydrogenated petroleum resin are more preferable.

樹脂(B)的軟化點沒有特別限定,較佳為80~160℃。若樹脂(B)的軟化點為80~160℃,則可抑制層合體被暴露於高溫環境時軟化,而不會產生接著不良。 The softening point of the resin (B) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 80 to 160 ° C. When the softening point of the resin (B) is 80 to 160 ° C, the laminated body can be suppressed from being softened when exposed to a high-temperature environment without causing defective bonding.

樹脂(B)的重量平均分子量沒有特別限定,較佳為300~3,000。若樹脂(B)的重量平均分子量為300以 上,則耐熱性變得充分,高溫環境下的脫氣量減少。另一方面,若樹脂(B)的重量平均分子量為3,000以下,則接著層在烴系溶劑中的溶解速度變得良好。因此,可將除去分離支撐體後的基板上的接著層殘渣迅速地溶解。又,本實施方式中的樹脂(B)的重量平均分子量為用凝膠滲透色譜法(GPC)所測定的以聚苯乙烯換算的分子量。 The weight average molecular weight of the resin (B) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 300 to 3,000. If the weight average molecular weight of the resin (B) is 300 or more In this case, the heat resistance becomes sufficient, and the amount of outgassing in a high-temperature environment decreases. On the other hand, when the weight average molecular weight of the resin (B) is 3,000 or less, the dissolution rate of the adhesive layer in the hydrocarbon-based solvent becomes good. Therefore, the residue of the adhesive layer on the substrate after removing the separation support can be quickly dissolved. The weight average molecular weight of the resin (B) in the present embodiment is a molecular weight in terms of polystyrene measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).

又,作為樹脂,可使用將樹脂(A)與樹脂(B)混合而得到的樹脂。經由混合,耐熱性變得良好。例如,作為樹脂(A)與樹脂(B)的混合比例,(A):(B)=80:20~55:45(質量比)由於高溫環境時的耐熱性以及柔軟性較佳而優異。 As the resin, a resin obtained by mixing the resin (A) and the resin (B) can be used. By mixing, heat resistance becomes favorable. For example, as a mixing ratio of the resin (A) and the resin (B), (A) :( B) = 80: 20 to 55:45 (mass ratio) is excellent because of good heat resistance and flexibility in a high temperature environment.

(丙烯酸-苯乙烯系樹脂) (Acrylic-styrene resin)

作為丙烯酸-苯乙烯系樹脂,例如,可舉出使用苯乙烯或苯乙烯的衍生物、與(甲基)丙烯酸酯等作為單體進行聚合而得到的樹脂。 Examples of the acrylic-styrene resin include resins obtained by polymerizing styrene or a styrene derivative with a (meth) acrylate or the like as a monomer.

作為(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如,可舉出由鏈式構造所成的(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、具有脂肪族環的(甲基)丙烯酸酯、具有芳香族環的(甲基)丙烯酸酯。作為由鏈式構造所成的(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,可舉出具有碳數15~20的烷基的丙烯酸系長鏈烷基酯、具有碳數1~14的烷基的丙烯酸系烷基酯等。作為丙烯酸系長鏈烷基酯,可舉出烷基為正十五烷基、正十六烷基、正十七烷基、正十八烷基、正十九烷基、正二十烷基等的丙烯酸或甲基丙烯酸的烷基 酯。又,該烷基也可以為支鏈狀。 Examples of the (meth) acrylate include a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having a chain structure, a (meth) acrylic acid ester having an aliphatic ring, and a (meth) acrylic acid having an aromatic ring. Acrylate. Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having a chain structure include an acrylic long-chain alkyl ester having an alkyl group having 15 to 20 carbon atoms, and an acrylic acid having an alkyl group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms. Alkyl esters, etc. Examples of the acrylic long-chain alkyl ester include n-pentadecyl, n-hexadecyl, n-heptadecyl, n-octadecyl, n-nonadecyl, and n-icodecyl Acrylic or methacrylic alkyl groups ester. The alkyl group may be branched.

作為具有碳數1~14的烷基的丙烯酸系烷基酯,可舉出現有的用於丙烯酸系接著劑的已知的丙烯酸系烷基酯。例如,可舉出烷基包含甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、2-乙基己基、異辛基、異壬基、異癸基、十二烷基、月桂基、十三烷基等的丙烯酸或甲基丙烯酸的烷基酯。 Examples of the acrylic alkyl ester having an alkyl group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms include a conventionally known acrylic alkyl ester used for an acrylic adhesive. Examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, 2-ethylhexyl, isooctyl, isononyl, isodecyl, dodecyl, lauryl, and tridecyl And other alkyl esters of acrylic or methacrylic acid.

作為具有脂肪族環的(甲基)丙烯酸酯,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環戊酯、1-金剛烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸降冰片酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異冰片酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸四環十二烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯等,更佳為甲基丙烯酸異冰片酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯。 Examples of the (meth) acrylate having an aliphatic ring include cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, cyclopentyl (meth) acrylate, 1-adamantyl (meth) acrylate, and (meth) Norbornyl acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, tricyclodecyl (meth) acrylate, tetracyclododecyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentyl (meth) acrylate, etc., more preferably Isobornyl methacrylate, dicyclopentyl (meth) acrylate.

作為具有芳香族環的(甲基)丙烯酸酯,沒有特別限定,作為芳香族環,可舉出例如苯基、苄基、甲苯基、二甲苯基、聯苯基、萘基、蒽基、苯氧基甲基、苯氧基乙基等。另外,芳香族環可具有碳數1~5的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的烷基。具體而言,較佳為苯氧基乙基丙烯酸酯。 The (meth) acrylate having an aromatic ring is not particularly limited. Examples of the aromatic ring include phenyl, benzyl, tolyl, xylyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, anthryl, and benzene. Oxymethyl, phenoxyethyl and the like. The aromatic ring may have a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Specifically, a phenoxyethyl acrylate is preferable.

(馬來醯亞胺系樹脂) (Maleimide resin)

作為馬來醯亞胺系樹脂,例如,可舉出使下述單體聚合而得到的樹脂:N-甲基馬來醯亞胺、N-乙基馬來醯亞胺、N-正丙基馬來醯亞胺、N-異丙基馬來醯亞胺、N-正丁基馬來醯亞胺、N-異丁基馬來醯亞胺、N-仲丁基馬來醯亞胺、N-叔丁基馬來醯亞胺、N-正戊基馬來醯亞胺、N-正己 基馬來醯亞胺、N-正庚基馬來醯亞胺、N-正辛基馬來醯亞胺、N-月桂基馬來醯亞胺、N-硬脂基馬來醯亞胺等具有烷基的馬來醯亞胺;N-環丙基馬來醯亞胺、N-環丁基馬來醯亞胺、N-環戊基馬來醯亞胺、N-環己基馬來醯亞胺、N-環庚基馬來醯亞胺、N-環辛基馬來醯亞胺等具有脂肪族烴基的馬來醯亞胺;N-苯基馬來醯亞胺、N-間甲基苯基馬來醯亞胺、N-鄰甲基苯基馬來醯亞胺、N-對甲基苯基馬來醯亞胺等具有芳基的芳香族馬來醯亞胺等。 Examples of the maleimide-based resin include resins obtained by polymerizing the following monomers: N-methylmaleimide, N-ethylmaleimide, and N-n-propyl Maleimide, N-isopropylmaleimide, N-n-butylmaleimide, N-isobutylmaleimide, N-sec-butylmaleimide, N-tert-butylmaleimide, N-n-pentylmaleimide, N-n-hexyl Maleimide, N-n-heptylmaleimide, N-n-octylmaleimide, N-laurylmaleimide, N-stearylmaleimide, etc. Maleimide with alkyl groups; N-cyclopropylmaleimide, N-cyclobutylmaleimide, N-cyclopentylmaleimide, N-cyclohexylmaleimide Imines, N-cycloheptylmaleimide, N-cyclooctylmaleimide, etc. Maleimides having aliphatic hydrocarbon groups; N-phenylmaleimide, N-m-methanine Aromatic maleimides having an aryl group, such as N-phenylphenylmaleimide, N-o-methylphenylmaleimide, N-p-methylphenylmaleimide, and the like.

(彈性體) (Elastomer)

彈性體較佳包含苯乙烯單元作為主鏈的構成單元,該「苯乙烯單元」可具有取代基。作為該取代基,例如,可舉出碳數1~5的烷基、碳數1~5的烷氧基、碳數1~5的烷氧基烷基、乙醯氧基、羧基等。另外,該苯乙烯單元的含量更佳為14重量%以上、50重量%以下的範圍內。另外,彈性體的重量平均分子量較佳為10,000以上、200,000以下的範圍內。 The elastomer preferably includes a styrene unit as a constituent unit of the main chain, and the "styrene unit" may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbons, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbons, an alkoxyalkyl group having 1 to 5 carbons, ethoxyl, carboxyl, and the like. The content of the styrene unit is more preferably within a range of 14% by weight or more and 50% by weight or less. The weight average molecular weight of the elastomer is preferably in the range of 10,000 or more and 200,000 or less.

若苯乙烯單元的含量為14重量%以上、50重量%以下的範圍內、且彈性體的重量平均分子量為10,000以上、200,000以下的範圍內,則容易溶解於後述的烴系的溶劑(溶劑)中,因此可更容易且迅速地除去接著層。另外,經由使苯乙烯單元的含量以及重量平均分子量為上述的範圍內,在晶圓基板供於抗蝕劑光刻步驟時,對暴露於其中的抗蝕劑溶劑(例如PGMEA、PGME等)、酸(氫氟酸 等)、鹼(TMAH等)發揮優異的耐性。 When the content of the styrene unit is in the range of 14% by weight or more and 50% by weight or less, and the weight average molecular weight of the elastomer is in the range of 10,000 or more and 200,000 or less, it is easy to dissolve in a hydrocarbon-based solvent (solvent) described later. Therefore, the adhesive layer can be more easily and quickly removed. In addition, when the content of the styrene unit and the weight average molecular weight are within the above ranges, when a wafer substrate is subjected to a resist photolithography step, a resist solvent (for example, PGMEA, PGME, etc.) exposed thereto, Acid (hydrofluoric acid Etc.) and alkali (TMAH, etc.) exhibit excellent resistance.

又,可在彈性體中進一步混合上述的(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 The (meth) acrylate described above may be further mixed with the elastomer.

苯乙烯單元的含量更佳為17重量%以上,另外,更佳為40重量%以下。 The content of the styrene unit is more preferably 17% by weight or more, and more preferably 40% by weight or less.

重量平均分子量的更佳範圍為20,000以上,另外,更佳範圍為150,000以下。 The more preferable range of the weight average molecular weight is 20,000 or more, and the more preferable range is 150,000 or less.

作為彈性體,若苯乙烯單元的含量為14重量%以上、50重量%以下的範圍內,且彈性體的重量平均分子量為10,000以上、200,000以下的範圍內,則可使用各種彈性體。例如,可舉出聚苯乙烯-聚(乙烯/丙烯)嵌段共聚物(SEP)、苯乙烯-異戊二烯-苯乙烯嵌段共聚物(SIS)、苯乙烯-丁二烯-苯乙烯嵌段共聚物(SBS)、苯乙烯-丁二烯-丁烯-苯乙烯嵌段共聚物(SBBS)、以及它們的氫化物、苯乙烯-乙烯-丁烯-苯乙烯嵌段共聚物(SEBS)、苯乙烯-乙烯-丙烯-苯乙烯嵌段共聚物(苯乙烯-異戊二烯-苯乙烯嵌段共聚物)(SEPS)、苯乙烯-乙烯-乙烯-丙烯-苯乙烯嵌段共聚物(SEEPS)、苯乙烯嵌段為反應交聯型的苯乙烯-乙烯-乙烯-丙烯-苯乙烯嵌段共聚物(SeptonV9461(KURARAY CO.,LTD製)、SeptonV9475(KURARAY CO.,LTD製))、苯乙烯嵌段為反應交聯型的苯乙烯-乙烯-丁烯-苯乙烯嵌段共聚物(具有反應性的聚苯乙烯系硬嵌段,SeptonV9827(KURARAY CO.,LTD製))、聚苯乙烯-聚(乙烯-乙烯/丙烯)嵌段-聚苯乙烯嵌段共聚物(SEEPS-OH:末端羥基改性) 等,可使用苯乙烯單元的含量以及重量平均分子量為上述的範圍內的彈性體。 As the elastomer, if the content of the styrene unit is in the range of 14% by weight to 50% by weight and the weight average molecular weight of the elastomer is in the range of 10,000 to 200,000, various elastomers can be used. Examples include polystyrene-poly (ethylene / propylene) block copolymer (SEP), styrene-isoprene-styrene block copolymer (SIS), and styrene-butadiene-styrene Block copolymers (SBS), styrene-butadiene-butene-styrene block copolymers (SBBS), and their hydrides, styrene-ethylene-butene-styrene block copolymers (SEBS ), Styrene-ethylene-propylene-styrene block copolymer (styrene-isoprene-styrene block copolymer) (SEPS), styrene-ethylene-ethylene-propylene-styrene block copolymer (SEEPS), styrene block is a styrene-ethylene-ethylene-propylene-styrene block copolymer (Septon V9461 (KURARAY CO., LTD.), Septon V9475 (KURARAY CO., LTD.)) The styrene block is a reactive cross-linked styrene-ethylene-butene-styrene block copolymer (reactive polystyrene-based hard block, Septon V9827 (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.)), poly Styrene-poly (ethylene-ethylene / propylene) block-polystyrene block copolymer (SEEPS-OH: terminal hydroxyl modified) For example, an elastomer having a content of a styrene unit and a weight average molecular weight within the above range can be used.

另外,彈性體中更佳為氫化物。若為氫化物,則對熱的穩定性提高,分解、聚合等改性不易發生。另外,從在烴系溶劑中的溶解性以及對於抗蝕劑溶劑的耐性的觀點考慮也是更佳的。 In addition, the elastomer is more preferably a hydride. If it is a hydride, stability to heat improves, and modification such as decomposition and polymerization is unlikely to occur. In addition, it is more preferable from the viewpoint of solubility in a hydrocarbon-based solvent and resistance to a resist solvent.

另外,彈性體中更佳為兩端為苯乙烯的嵌段聚合物的彈性體。這是因為,經由將熱穩定性高的苯乙烯嵌入兩個末端,可呈現更高的耐熱性。 The elastomer is more preferably an elastomer of a block polymer having styrene at both ends. This is because higher heat resistance can be exhibited by embedding styrene having high thermal stability at both ends.

更具體而言,彈性體更佳為苯乙烯以及共軛二烯的嵌段共聚物的氫化物。對熱的穩定性提高,分解與聚合等改性不易發生。另外,經由將熱穩定性高的苯乙烯嵌入兩個末端,可呈現更高的耐熱性。此外,從在烴系溶劑中的溶解性以及對於抗蝕劑溶劑的耐性的觀點考慮也是更佳的。 More specifically, the elastomer is more preferably a hydrogenated product of a block copolymer of styrene and a conjugated diene. Improved thermal stability, and difficult to modify such as decomposition and polymerization. In addition, by embedding styrene having high thermal stability at both ends, higher heat resistance can be exhibited. In addition, it is more preferable from the viewpoint of solubility in a hydrocarbon-based solvent and resistance to a resist solvent.

作為可用作構成接著層3之接著劑中包含的彈性體之市售品,例如,可舉出KURARAY CO.,LTD製「SEPTON(商品名)」、KURARAY CO.,LTD製「HYBRAR(商品名)」、旭化成股份有限公司製「TUFTEC(商品名)」、JSR股份[ ]限公司製「DYNARON(商品名)」等。 As commercially available products which can be used as an elastomer contained in the adhesive constituting the adhesive layer 3, for example, "SEPTON (trade name)" by KURARAY CO., LTD, and "HYBRAR (product by KURARAY CO., LTD)" can be mentioned. ")," TUFTEC (trade name) "made by Asahi Kasei Co., Ltd.," DYNARON (trade name) "made by JSR Co., Ltd., etc.

作為構成接著層3的接著劑中包含的彈性體的含量,例如,以接著劑組成物總量為100重量份計,較佳為50重量份以上、99重量份以下的範圍內,更佳為60 重量份以上、99重量份以下的範圍內,最佳為70重量份以上、95重量份以下的範圍內。經由為上述範圍內,可在維持耐熱性的同時,將基板與支撐體合適地貼合。 The content of the elastomer included in the adhesive constituting the adhesive layer 3 is, for example, based on the total amount of the adhesive composition being 100 parts by weight, preferably within a range of 50 parts by weight to 99 parts by weight, and more preferably 60 The range is more than 70 parts by weight and preferably less than 95 parts by weight, and preferably within the range of 70 parts by weight to 95 parts by weight. By being in the above range, the substrate and the support can be appropriately bonded while maintaining heat resistance.

另外,也可將多個種類的彈性體混合。即,構成接著層3的接著劑可包含有多個種類的彈性體。並且,多個種類的彈性體中的至少1種包含苯乙烯單元作為主鏈的結構單元即可。另外,若多個種類的彈性體中的至少1種的苯乙烯單元的含量為14重量%以上、50重量%以下的範圍內、或重量平均分子量為10,000以上、200,000以下的範圍內,則所述彈性體也在本發明的範疇內。另外,構成接著層3的接著劑中包含多個種類的彈性體的情況下,可以以混合後的結果中苯乙烯單元含量成為前述範圍內的方式進行調節。例如,若將苯乙烯單元的含量為30重量%的KURARAY CO.,LTD製SEPTON(商品名)Septon4033、與苯乙烯單元的含量為13重量%的SEPTON(商品名)Septon2063以1比1的重量比混合,則相對於接著劑中含有的彈性體總體,苯乙烯含量為21~22重量%,因此成為14重量%以上。另外,例如,若將苯乙烯單元為10重量%的成分與60重量%的成分以1比1的重量比混合,則成為35重量%,成為前述範圍內。本發明也可為這樣的形式。另外,構成接著層3的接著劑中包含的多個種類的彈性體最佳為全部以前述的範圍內包含苯乙烯單元,且重量平均分子量為前述的範圍內。 In addition, a plurality of types of elastomers may be mixed. That is, the adhesive constituting the adhesive layer 3 may include a plurality of types of elastomers. In addition, at least one of the plurality of types of elastomers may include a styrene unit as a structural unit of the main chain. In addition, if the content of at least one of the plurality of types of elastomers is in the range of 14% by weight or more and 50% by weight or less, or the weight average molecular weight is in the range of 10,000 or more and 200,000 or less, Such elastomers are also within the scope of the present invention. In addition, when a plurality of types of elastomers are included in the adhesive constituting the adhesive layer 3, it can be adjusted so that the content of the styrene unit in the result after mixing falls within the aforementioned range. For example, if SEPTON (trade name) Septon4033 manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd. with a styrene unit content of 30% by weight and SEPTON (trade name) Septon2063 with a styrene unit content of 13% by weight is used in a 1: 1 weight Specific mixing means that the styrene content is 21 to 22% by weight based on the total elastomer contained in the adhesive, and therefore it is 14% by weight or more. In addition, for example, when a 10% by weight component of a styrene unit and a 60% by weight component are mixed at a weight ratio of 1: 1, it becomes 35% by weight, which is within the aforementioned range. The present invention may take such a form. In addition, it is preferable that a plurality of types of elastomers included in the adhesive constituting the adhesive layer 3 all contain a styrene unit within the aforementioned range, and the weight average molecular weight is within the aforementioned range.

又,較佳使用光固性樹脂(例如,UV固性樹 脂)以外的樹脂形成接著層3。經由使用光固性樹脂以外的樹脂,可防止在剝離或除去接著層3之後在基板1的微小的凹凸的周圍產生殘渣。作為構成接著層3的接著劑,特別佳為不在任何溶劑中均溶解,而是溶解於特定的溶劑的接著劑。其原因在於,可以經由將接著層3溶解於溶劑而除去,無需對基板1施加物理力。除去接著層3時,可不使基板1破損或變形地將接著層3容易地除去,即使是強度降低的基板1也是如此。 Also, it is preferable to use a photocurable resin (for example, a UV curable tree). Resin other than resin) forms the adhesive layer 3. By using a resin other than the photocurable resin, it is possible to prevent residues from being generated around the minute unevenness of the substrate 1 after the adhesive layer 3 is peeled off or removed. The adhesive constituting the adhesive layer 3 is particularly preferably an adhesive that does not dissolve in any solvent but dissolves in a specific solvent. This is because it can be removed by dissolving the adhesive layer 3 in a solvent, and it is not necessary to apply a physical force to the substrate 1. When the adhesive layer 3 is removed, the adhesive layer 3 can be easily removed without breaking or deforming the substrate 1, even if the substrate 1 has a reduced strength.

(聚碸系樹脂) (Polyfluorene-based resin)

用於形成接著層3的接著劑可包含聚碸系樹脂。經由聚碸系樹脂形成接著層3,可製造即使在高溫下處理層合體,也能在之後的步驟中溶解接著層,從基板剝離支撐體的層合體。若接著層3包含聚碸樹脂,例如,即使在經由退火等於300℃以上的高溫處理層合體的高溫步驟中,也可合適地使用層合體。 The adhesive for forming the adhesive layer 3 may include a polyfluorene-based resin. By forming the adhesive layer 3 through a polyfluorene-based resin, it is possible to produce a laminate that can dissolve the adhesive layer in a subsequent step and peel the support from the substrate even if the laminate is processed at a high temperature. If the adhesive layer 3 contains a polyfluorene resin, for example, the laminate can be suitably used even in a high-temperature step in which the laminate is annealed at a high temperature equal to or higher than 300 ° C.

聚碸系樹脂具有以下述一般式(ad3)表示的結構單元、以及以下述一般式(ad4)表示的構成單元中的至少1種構成單元所成構造。 The polyfluorene-based resin has a structure formed by a structural unit represented by the following general formula (ad3) and at least one type of constituent unit among the structural units represented by the following general formula (ad4).

(於處,一般式(ad3)的RC3、RC4以及RC5、以及一般式(ad4)中的RC3以及RC4各自獨立地選自由亞苯基、亞萘基以及亞蒽基所成之群,X’為碳數1以上、3以下的亞烷基)。 (Wherein R C3 , R C4, and R C5 in general formula (ad3) and R C3 and R C4 in general formula (ad4) are each independently selected from the group consisting of phenylene, naphthylene, and anthracenyl In the group, X ′ is an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms).

對於聚碸系樹脂而言,經由具備以式(ad3)表示的聚碸結構單元以及以式(ad4)表示的聚醚碸構成單元中的至少1種,將基板1與支撐板2貼合後,可形成如下層合體:即使在高溫度條件下處理基板1也可防止接著層3因分解以及聚合等而導致不溶化。另外,聚碸系樹脂若為由以上述式(ad3)表示的聚碸構成單元所成的聚碸樹脂,則即使加熱至更高的溫度也仍然穩定。因此,能夠防止在清洗後的基板1上產生由接著層導致的殘渣。 For the polyfluorene-based resin, the substrate 1 and the support plate 2 are bonded together via at least one of a polyfluorene structural unit represented by the formula (ad3) and a polyether fluorene structural unit represented by the formula (ad4). A laminated body can be formed in which even if the substrate 1 is processed under high temperature conditions, the insolubilization of the adhesive layer 3 due to decomposition, polymerization, or the like can be prevented. In addition, if the polyfluorene resin is a polyfluorene resin composed of a polyfluorene constituent unit represented by the above formula (ad3), the polyfluorene resin is stable even when heated to a higher temperature. Therefore, it is possible to prevent residues caused by the adhesion layer on the substrate 1 after cleaning.

聚碸系樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為30,000以上、70,000以下的範圍內,更佳為30,000以上、50,000以下的範圍內。若聚碸系樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)為30,000以上的範圍內,則能夠得到可在例如300℃以上的高溫度下使用的接著劑組成物。另外,若聚碸系樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)為70,000以下的範圍內,則可經由溶劑良好地溶解。即,能得到可經由溶劑良 好地除去的接著劑組成物。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyfluorene resin is preferably in a range of 30,000 or more and 70,000 or less, and more preferably in a range of 30,000 or more and 50,000 or less. When the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyfluorene-based resin is in a range of 30,000 or more, an adhesive composition that can be used at a high temperature of, for example, 300 ° C or more can be obtained. In addition, if the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyfluorene-based resin is within a range of 70,000 or less, it can be well dissolved through a solvent. That is, a good solvent can be obtained Well removed adhesive composition.

(其他的成分) (Other ingredients)

對於構成接著層3的接著劑而言,在損害本質特性的範圍內,也可包含具混合性的其他的物質。例如,可進一步使用用於改良接著劑的性能的附加樹脂、增塑劑、助黏劑、穩定劑、著色劑、熱聚合抑制劑以及表面活性劑等常用的各種添加劑。另外,接著劑也可利用上述的(1)稀釋溶劑一欄中記載的稀釋溶劑進行稀釋而使用。 The adhesive constituting the adhesive layer 3 may include other substances having a miscibility within a range that impairs the essential characteristics. For example, various additives commonly used such as additional resins, plasticizers, adhesion promoters, stabilizers, colorants, thermal polymerization inhibitors, and surfactants, which are used to improve the performance of the adhesive, can be further used. The adhesive can also be used by diluting it with the diluting solvent described in the above (1) Dilution solvent column.

[分離層4] [Separation layer 4]

分離層4為可使用關於實施方式之分離層形成用組成物而形成的層,所述層是由對固化物進行燒成而形成的燒成體形成的,所述固化物是經由聚合引發劑使分離層形成用組成物中包含的聚合性樹脂成分固化而得到的。對於分離層4而言,經由使其為使用分離層形成用組成物形成的燒成體,可吸收隔著支撐板2照射的光而合適地改性。 The separation layer 4 is a layer that can be formed using the composition for forming a separation layer according to the embodiment, and the layer is formed of a fired body formed by firing a cured product that is passed through a polymerization initiator. It is obtained by hardening the polymerizable resin component contained in the separation layer formation composition. The separation layer 4 can be appropriately modified by absorbing the light irradiated through the support plate 2 by making it a fired body formed using the composition for forming a separation layer.

於此,本說明書中,所謂燒成體,為經由對固化物進行燒成而形成的燒成體,所述固化物為藉由經由聚合引發劑將上述的聚合性樹脂成分聚合而固化得到的。燒成體係於大氣環境下,即存在氧的環境下對聚合性樹脂成分的固化物與聚合引發劑進行燒成而形成的,該固化物的至少一部分被碳化。本申請的發明人發現,經由這樣的燒成體,可形成具備高耐化學藥品性、可合適地吸收 600nm的範圍的波長的光的分離層。 As used herein, the term “fired body” refers to a fired body formed by firing a cured product. The cured product is obtained by polymerizing and curing the above-mentioned polymerizable resin component through a polymerization initiator. . The firing system is formed by firing a cured product of a polymerizable resin component and a polymerization initiator in an atmospheric environment, that is, an environment where oxygen is present, and at least a part of the cured product is carbonized. The inventors of the present application have found that such a fired body can be formed with high chemical resistance and can be appropriately absorbed. A separation layer of light having a wavelength in the range of 600 nm.

對於分離層4的厚度而言,例如,更佳為0.05μm以上、50μm以下的範圍內,進一步較佳為0.3μm以上、1μm以下的範圍內。分離層4的厚度若在0.05μm以上、50μm以下的範圍內,則經由短時間的光的照射以及低能量的光的照射,可使分離層4發生期望的改性。另外,從生產率的觀點考慮,分離層4的厚度特別較佳在1μm以下的範圍內。 The thickness of the separation layer 4 is, for example, more preferably in a range of 0.05 μm or more and 50 μm or less, and still more preferably in a range of 0.3 μm or more and 1 μm or less. When the thickness of the separation layer 4 is in the range of 0.05 μm or more and 50 μm or less, the short-time light irradiation and low-energy light irradiation can cause desired modification of the separation layer 4. In addition, from the viewpoint of productivity, the thickness of the separation layer 4 is particularly preferably within a range of 1 μm or less.

又,本說明書中,所謂分離層「改性」,係指分離層成為可在微小的外力下被破壞的狀態、或與分離層接觸的層的接著力降低的狀態的現象。作為經由吸收光而發生的分離層改性的結果,分離層喪失光照射前的強度或接著性。即,經由吸收光,分離層變脆。所謂分離層的改性,可為分離層發生因吸收的光能而導致分解、立體構型變化或官能團解離的現象。分離層的改性作為吸收光的結果而發生。 In addition, in this specification, the "modification" of the separation layer refers to a phenomenon in which the separation layer can be broken by a small external force, or a state in which the adhesion force of the layer in contact with the separation layer is reduced. As a result of the modification of the separation layer by absorbing light, the separation layer loses its strength or adhesiveness before light irradiation. That is, by absorbing light, the separation layer becomes brittle. The so-called modification of the separation layer may be a phenomenon in which the separation layer undergoes decomposition, change in three-dimensional configuration, or dissociation of functional groups due to absorbed light energy. Modification of the separation layer occurs as a result of absorbing light.

由此,例如,可經由改性使得僅將支撐板提起即可破壞分離層,而容易地將支撐板與基板分離。更具體而言,例如,經由支撐體分離裝置等,將層合體中的基板以及支撐板中的一者固定於載置台,經由吸著手段具備的吸著墊(吸著部)等保持另一者並上提,而將支撐板與基板分離,或者,可經由用具備夾具(爪部)等的分離板把持支撐板的周緣部分端部的倒角部位來施加力,將基板與支撐板分離。另外,例如,可經由具備剝離手段的支撐體分 離裝置從層合體中的基板剝離支撐板,所述剝離手段供給用於剝離接著劑的剝離液。經由該剝離手段將剝離液供給至層合體中的接著層的至少一部分周端部,使層合體中的接著層溶脹,而可以力從該接著層發生溶脹的部位集中於分離層的方式對基板與支撐板施加力。因此,可將基板與支撐板良好地分離。 Thereby, for example, the separation layer can be broken only by lifting up the support plate through modification, and the support plate can be easily separated from the substrate. More specifically, for example, one of the substrate and the support plate in the laminate is fixed to a mounting table via a support separating device or the like, and the other is held via an adsorption pad (suction portion) or the like provided in the adsorption means. The support plate can be separated from the substrate by lifting up, or the substrate can be separated from the support plate by applying a force by holding a chamfered portion of the peripheral edge portion of the support plate with a separation plate including a clamp (claw portion) or the like. . In addition, for example, The separation device peels the support plate from the substrate in the laminate, and the peeling means supplies a peeling liquid for peeling the adhesive. The peeling solution is supplied to at least a part of the peripheral end portion of the adhesive layer in the laminate through this peeling means, so that the adhesive layer in the laminate can swell, and the substrate can be concentrated on the separation layer from the part where the adhesive layer swells to the separation layer. Apply force to the support plate. Therefore, the substrate and the support plate can be well separated.

施加於層合體的力根據層合體的大小等適當調節即可,不受限定,例如,若為直徑為300mm左右的層合體,則經由施加0.1~5kgf左右的力,可將基板與支撐板合適地分離。 The force applied to the laminated body may be appropriately adjusted according to the size of the laminated body, and is not limited. For example, if the laminated body has a diameter of about 300 mm, the substrate and the supporting plate can be appropriately adjusted by applying a force of about 0.1 to 5 kgf. Ground separation.

又,層合體10中,可在分離層4與支撐板2之間再形成有其他層。該情況下,其他層只要由透光的材料構成即可。由此,可不妨礙光向分離層4入射,且適當添加對於層合體10賦予理想性質等的層。可使用的光的波長根據構成分離層4的材料的種類的不同而不同。因此,構成其他層的材料無需透過全波長的光,可從下述材料中適當選擇,所述材料可透過可將構成分離層4的材料改性的波長的光。 In the laminated body 10, another layer may be formed between the separation layer 4 and the support plate 2. In this case, the other layers may be made of a light-transmitting material. This makes it possible to appropriately add a layer that imparts desired properties and the like to the laminated body 10 without preventing light from entering the separation layer 4. The wavelength of light that can be used differs depending on the type of material constituting the separation layer 4. Therefore, the material constituting the other layers does not need to transmit light of a full wavelength, and can be appropriately selected from materials that can transmit light of a wavelength that can modify the material constituting the separation layer 4.

另外,分離層4較佳僅由具有吸收光的構造的材料形成,但在不損害本發明中的本質特性的範圍內,也可添加不具有吸收光的構造的材料而形成分離層4。 In addition, the separation layer 4 is preferably formed only of a material having a structure that absorbs light, but the separation layer 4 may be formed by adding a material that does not have a structure that absorbs light as long as the essential characteristics of the present invention are not impaired.

另外,分離層4的與接著層3相對一側的面較佳為平坦(未形成凹凸)的面,由此,分離層4容易形成,且在貼合中也能夠均勻地貼合。 In addition, the surface of the separation layer 4 on the side opposite to the bonding layer 3 is preferably a flat surface (no unevenness is formed), so that the separation layer 4 can be easily formed and can be uniformly bonded during bonding.

作為對分離層4照射的光,根據形成分離層4的燒成體可吸收的波長,適當使用例如YAG雷射、紅寶石雷射、玻璃雷射、YVO4激器、LD雷射、光纖維雷射等固體雷射;色素雷射等液體雷射;CO2雷射、准分子雷射、Ar雷射、He-Ne雷射等氣體雷射;半導體雷射、自由電子雷射等雷射光線、或非雷射光線即可。作為可使燒成體改性的波長,不受限定,例如,可使用600nm以下的範圍的波長的光。 As the light irradiated to the separation layer 4, for example, a YAG laser, a ruby laser, a glass laser, a YVO 4 laser, an LD laser, and an optical fiber laser are appropriately used depending on the wavelength that can be absorbed by the fired body forming the separation layer 4. Solid laser such as laser; liquid laser such as pigment laser; gas laser such as CO 2 laser, excimer laser, Ar laser, He-Ne laser; laser light such as semiconductor laser, free electron laser , Or non-laser light. The wavelength capable of modifying the sintered body is not limited, and for example, light having a wavelength in a range of 600 nm or less can be used.

<層合體的製造方法(第二實施形態)> <Manufacturing method of laminated body (second embodiment)>

使用圖1對本發明的一實施形態(第一實施形態)的層合體的製造方法進行詳細說明。如圖1所示,關於本發明的層合體10的製造方法包含:在支撐板2上形成分離層4的分離層形成步驟、與在基板1上形成接著層3的接著層形成步驟、與介隔接著層3與分離層4將基板1與支撐板2進行層合的層合步驟。另外,對於經由一實施形態之以及層合體的製造方法而形成的層合體10,作為其他的步驟,實施將支撐板2從層合體10分離的分離步驟。 The manufacturing method of the laminated body by one Embodiment (1st Embodiment) of this invention is demonstrated in detail using FIG. As shown in FIG. 1, a method for manufacturing a laminated body 10 according to the present invention includes a separation layer forming step of forming a separation layer 4 on a support plate 2, a step of forming an adhesion layer on a substrate 1, and a step of forming an adhesion layer 3. A lamination step of laminating the substrate 1 and the support plate 2 with the barrier layer 3 and the separation layer 4. Moreover, as for the laminated body 10 formed by the one embodiment and the manufacturing method of the laminated body, as a separate process, the separation process of separating the support plate 2 from the laminated body 10 is implemented.

[分離層形成步驟] [Separation layer forming step]

分離層形成步驟為形成經由吸收光而改性的分離層4的步驟。分離層形成步驟中,經由在支撐板2上塗佈關於實施形態之分離層形成用組成物而形成分離層。向支撐板2上塗佈分離層形成用組成物的方法沒有特別限定,例 如,可舉出旋塗、浸漬、輥式刮刀(roller blade)、噴塗、狹縫塗佈等之方法。 The separation layer forming step is a step of forming the separation layer 4 modified by absorbing light. In the separation layer forming step, a separation layer is formed by applying the composition for forming a separation layer according to the embodiment on the support plate 2. The method for applying the composition for forming a separation layer to the support plate 2 is not particularly limited, and examples Examples include spin coating, dipping, roller blade, spray coating, and slit coating.

分離層形成步驟中,經由放置在加熱環境下或減壓環境下,從塗佈於支撐板2上的分離層形成用組成物中除去稀釋溶劑。之後,在分離層形成步驟中,在氮氣等非活性氣體環境下或大氣環境下,經由曝光或加熱使分離層形成用組成物中包含的聚合性樹脂成分經由聚合引發劑而聚合,而形成聚合性樹脂成分的固化物。之後,在大氣環境下對聚合性樹脂成分的固化物進行燒成。用於燒成固化物的溫度為250℃以上,較佳為300℃以上,更佳為400℃以上。若用於燒成固化物的溫度為250℃以上,則可良好地形成可吸收波長600nm以下的範圍的光的分離層。燒成溫度的上限沒有特別限定,為800℃以下,較佳為600℃以下。 In the separation layer forming step, the diluent solvent is removed from the composition for forming a separation layer applied to the support plate 2 by being placed in a heated environment or a reduced pressure environment. Thereafter, in the separation layer formation step, the polymerizable resin component contained in the composition for separation layer formation is polymerized via a polymerization initiator in an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen or an atmospheric environment through exposure or heating to form polymerization. Hardened resin component. After that, the cured product of the polymerizable resin component is fired in an atmospheric environment. The temperature for firing the cured product is 250 ° C or higher, preferably 300 ° C or higher, and more preferably 400 ° C or higher. When the temperature for firing the cured product is 250 ° C. or higher, a separation layer that can absorb light in a wavelength range of 600 nm or less can be favorably formed. The upper limit of the firing temperature is not particularly limited, but is 800 ° C or lower, and preferably 600 ° C or lower.

燒成時間為5分鐘以上、3小時以下,較佳為10分鐘以上、1小時以下。由此,可合適地形成可吸收波長600nm以下的範圍的光的分離層。 The firing time is 5 minutes or more and 3 hours or less, and preferably 10 minutes or more and 1 hour or less. Thereby, a separation layer capable of absorbing light in a wavelength range of 600 nm or less can be suitably formed.

[接著層形成步驟] [Next layer forming step]

接著層形成步驟中,在基板1上形成接著層3。如圖1所示,在基板1上塗佈上述接著劑。接著,一邊使溫度上升一邊階段性烘烤而從接著劑中除去稀釋溶劑,由此形成接著層3。 In the subsequent layer forming step, an adhesive layer 3 is formed on the substrate 1. As shown in FIG. 1, the above-mentioned adhesive is applied on the substrate 1. Next, the temperature was raised while baking stepwise to remove the diluent solvent from the adhesive, thereby forming the adhesive layer 3.

[層合步驟] [Lamination step]

所謂層合步驟,為將基板1、與接著層3、與分離層4、與支撐板2以該順序進行層合的步驟。作為層合步驟的具體的方法,如圖1所示,可舉出藉由將基板1上的形成有接著層3的面、與支撐板2上的形成有分離層4的面貼合,在真空下烘烤壓接進行層合的方法。 The lamination step is a step of laminating the substrate 1, the adhesive layer 3, the separation layer 4, and the support plate 2 in this order. As a specific method of the lamination step, as shown in FIG. 1, the surface on which the adhesion layer 3 is formed on the substrate 1 and the surface on which the separation layer 4 is formed on the support plate 2 are bonded. A method of laminating and pressing under vacuum.

又,關於實施方式之層合體的製造方法中,只要將基板、與接著層、與分離層、與支撐體以該順序進行層合,則對各步驟的順序沒有特別限定。 Moreover, in the manufacturing method of the laminated body of embodiment, as long as a substrate, an adhesion layer, a separation layer, and a support are laminated | stacked in this order, the order of each step is not specifically limited.

[其他的步驟] [Other steps]

對於層合步驟中製造的層合體10中的基板1而言,例如,經由在實施薄化步驟後實施蝕刻處理以及光刻處理等,可安裝元件。分離層4是由使用關於一實施形態之分離層形成用組成物而形成的燒成體構成的,因此,具備高的耐化學藥品性。因此,在蝕刻處理、以及光刻處理等中,可合適地防止由於化學藥品等導致分離層4破損的現象。 For the substrate 1 in the laminate 10 produced in the lamination step, for example, an element can be mounted by performing an etching process, a photolithography process, and the like after the thinning step is performed. Since the separation layer 4 is formed of a fired body formed using the composition for forming a separation layer according to one embodiment, it has high chemical resistance. Therefore, in the etching process, the photolithography process, and the like, it is possible to appropriately prevent the separation layer 4 from being damaged due to chemicals or the like.

另外,如圖1所示,在基板1上安裝有元件的層合體10隔著支撐板2被規定的波長的光照射。由此,經由吸收雷射光線,由燒成體形成的分離層4可合適地改性,因此,能夠順利地將層合體10中的基板1與支撐板2分離。 In addition, as shown in FIG. 1, the laminate 10 on which the element is mounted on the substrate 1 is irradiated with light of a predetermined wavelength through the support plate 2. This allows the separation layer 4 formed of the fired body to be appropriately modified by absorbing the laser light. Therefore, the substrate 1 and the support plate 2 in the laminate 10 can be smoothly separated.

<關於其他的實施方式之層合體(第二實施形態)> <About a laminated body of another embodiment (second embodiment)>

關於本發明的層合體不限於上述的實施形態。例如,關於實施形態之(第二實施形態)的層合體為將基板、接著層、分離層、以及支撐體以該順序進行層合而形成的層合體,前述基板微經由密封材料將元件密封而得到的密封基板,該密封基板為具備佈線層(再佈線層)的構成。 The laminated body of this invention is not limited to the said embodiment. For example, the laminated body according to the second embodiment is a laminated body formed by laminating a substrate, an adhesive layer, a separation layer, and a support in this order, and the substrate is slightly sealed by a sealing material through an element. The obtained sealing substrate has a structure including a wiring layer (rewiring layer).

對於半導體組件而言,將位於裸晶片的端部的端子再配置於晶片區域內的扇入型WLP(扇入型晶片級封裝,Fan-in Wafer Level Package)等扇入型技術、與在晶片區域外將端子進行再配置的扇出型WLP(扇出型晶片級封裝,Fan-out Wafer Level Package)等扇出型技術為已知。尤其是扇出型技術被應用於在面板上配置半導體元件而封裝化的扇出型PLP(扇入型面板級封裝,Fan-out Panel Level Package),為了實現半導體裝置的集成化、薄型化以及小型化等,此等那樣的扇出型技術備受矚目。關於一實施方式之層合體具備對各種化學藥品(其用於在密封基板上形成佈線層)具有高耐化學藥品性的分離層。因此,扇出型WLP以及扇出型PLP中的層合體也在本發明的範疇內。 For semiconductor devices, fan-in technologies such as fan-in WLP (Fan-in Wafer Level Package) in which the terminals at the ends of the bare wafer are relocated in the wafer area, and on-wafer Fan-out technology such as a fan-out type WLP (Fan-out Wafer Level Package) in which terminals are relocated outside the area is known. In particular, the fan-out technology is applied to a fan-out PLP (Fan-out Panel Level Package) packaged by arranging semiconductor elements on a panel, in order to achieve integration, thinness, and These miniaturization technologies have attracted much attention. The laminate according to one embodiment includes a separation layer having high chemical resistance to various chemicals (which is used to form a wiring layer on a sealing substrate). Therefore, laminates in fan-out WLP and fan-out PLP are also within the scope of the present invention.

[基板] [Substrate]

密封基板具備安裝有元件的佈線層、與元件、與將元件密封的密封材料。密封基板較佳具備多個元件,經由將這般的密封基板切割(dicing),可得到多個電子零件。 The sealing substrate includes a wiring layer on which the component is mounted, a component, and a sealing material that seals the component. The sealing substrate is preferably provided with a plurality of elements, and a plurality of electronic components can be obtained by dicing such a sealing substrate.

(佈線層) (Wiring layer)

佈線層也被稱為RDL(Redistribution Layer:再佈線層),是由與元件連接的佈線構成的薄膜佈線體,可具有單層或多層的構造。一實施形態之中,佈線層可經由在介電體(例如,氧化矽(SiOx)、感光性環氧樹脂等之感光性樹脂等)上經由導電體(例如,鋁、銅、鈦、鎳、金以及銀等金屬、以以及銀-錫合金等合金)形成佈線,但不限定於此。 The wiring layer is also called an RDL (Redistribution Layer), and is a thin-film wiring body composed of wiring connected to an element, and may have a single-layer or multi-layer structure. In one embodiment, the wiring layer may be formed on a dielectric body (for example, a photosensitive resin such as silicon oxide (SiOx), a photosensitive epoxy resin, or the like) through a conductive body (for example, aluminum, copper, titanium, nickel, Metals such as gold and silver, and alloys such as silver-tin alloys are used to form wirings, but the invention is not limited thereto.

(元件) (element)

元件為半導體元件或其他的元件,可具有單層或多層的構造。又,元件為半導體元件的情況下,經由將密封基板切割而得到的電子零件成為半導體器件。 The element is a semiconductor element or other element, and may have a single-layer or multi-layer structure. When the device is a semiconductor device, an electronic component obtained by cutting the sealing substrate becomes a semiconductor device.

(密封材料) (Sealing material)

作為密封材料,例如,可使用含有環氧樹脂的密封材料等。密封材料較佳為不針對每一個元件分別設置,而是將所有安裝於佈線層的多個元件整體性地密封。 As the sealing material, for example, a sealing material containing epoxy resin can be used. The sealing material is preferably not provided separately for each element, but integrally seals all the plurality of elements mounted on the wiring layer.

[支撐體] [Support]

支撐體只要具有在密封基板的形成時為防止密封基板的各構成要素破損或變形所需要的強度即可。另外,支撐體為由經由下述波長的光的材料形成的,所述波長的光可 將形成於該支撐體上的分離層改性。又,在半導體器件技術領域中,出於進一步高密度集成化、提高生產效率的目的,除了將圓形的支撐板2的尺寸大型化以外,還研究了將俯視形狀為四邊形的大型面板用作支撐體。如此經由將四邊形的大型面板用作支撐體來製造半導體器件的方法作為PLP(面板級封裝,Panel level Package)技術為人所知,可經由扇出型技術實施。又,PLP技術中,對於用作支撐體的面板,可合適地使用由玻璃或矽等材料形成的面板。 The support body only needs to have the strength required to prevent damage or deformation of each component of the sealing substrate when the sealing substrate is formed. In addition, the support is formed of a material that passes light of a wavelength that may be The separation layer formed on the support is modified. In the field of semiconductor device technology, for the purpose of further high-density integration and improving production efficiency, in addition to increasing the size of the circular support plate 2, the use of large-sized panels having a quadrangular shape in plan view has also been studied. Support. Such a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device by using a large quadrangular panel as a support is known as a PLP (Panel Level Package) technology, and can be implemented by a fan-out technology. In the PLP technology, a panel made of a material such as glass or silicon can be suitably used for a panel used as a support.

<關於其他的實施方式的層合體的製造方法(第二實施形態)> <About the manufacturing method of the laminated body of other embodiment (2nd Embodiment)>

關於本發明的層合體的製造方法不限於如圖1所示的那樣基於所謂WLP(晶圓級封裝)技術的關於上述的實施形態(第一實施形態)的層合體的製造方法。例如,關於其他的實施方式的層合體的製造方法為如下述方式形成的層合體的製造方法:介隔接著層以及經由照射光而改性的分離層,將具備安裝元件的佈線層、所述元件、與將所述元件密封的密封材料的密封基板層合於支撐上述密封基板的支撐體上而形成,所述製造方法包括:分離層形成步驟,所述步驟中,在上述支撐體上塗佈包含聚合性樹脂成分與聚合引發劑的分離層形成用組成物,經由加熱或曝光使前述聚合性樹脂成分聚合,並對聚合後的前述聚合性樹脂成分進行燒成,由此形成上述分離層;在前述分離層上形成接著層的接著層形成步驟;和在前述接著層上形成密封基板 的密封基板形成步驟。 The manufacturing method of the laminated body of this invention is not limited to the manufacturing method of the laminated body concerning the said embodiment (1st Embodiment) based on the so-called WLP (wafer level package) technology as shown in FIG. For example, the manufacturing method of the laminated body concerning another embodiment is a manufacturing method of the laminated body formed as follows: a barrier bonding layer and a separation layer modified by irradiation with light, the wiring layer provided with a mounting element, the said The element is formed by laminating a sealing substrate with a sealing material that seals the element on a support that supports the sealing substrate. The manufacturing method includes a step of forming a separation layer. In the step, the support is coated on the support. The cloth contains a composition for forming a separation layer of a polymerizable resin component and a polymerization initiator, and the polymerizable resin component is polymerized by heating or exposure, and the polymerized resin component after the polymerization is fired to form the separation layer. An adhesive layer forming step of forming an adhesive layer on the aforementioned separation layer; and forming a sealing substrate on the aforementioned adhesive layer Step of forming a sealed substrate.

又,分離層形成步驟與關於上述的實施方式的層合體的製造方法中的分離層形成步驟相同,因此將其說明省略。另外,接著層形成步驟中,除了在形成於支撐體上的分離層之上形成接著層以外,與上述的實施方式相同,因此將其說明省略。 Since the separation layer forming step is the same as the separation layer forming step in the method for producing a laminated body according to the above-mentioned embodiment, description thereof will be omitted. In addition, in the adhesive layer forming step, the adhesive layer is the same as the above-mentioned embodiment except that the adhesive layer is formed on the separation layer formed on the support, and therefore description thereof is omitted.

[密封基板形成步驟] [Sealed substrate forming step]

對於密封基板形成步驟而言,依次進行佈線層形成步驟、安裝步驟、密封步驟、以及薄化步驟,由此在接著層上形成密封基板。 In the sealing substrate forming step, a wiring layer forming step, a mounting step, a sealing step, and a thinning step are sequentially performed, thereby forming a sealing substrate on the adhesive layer.

[佈線層形成步驟] [Wiring layer forming step]

佈線層形成步驟中,在接著層上形成佈線層。 In the wiring layer forming step, a wiring layer is formed on the adhesive layer.

一實施方式之中,作為佈線層的形成步驟,首先,在接著層上形成氧化矽(SiOx)、感光性樹脂等之介電層。對於由氧化矽所成的介電層而言,例如,可利用濺射法、真空蒸鍍法等形成。對於由感光性樹脂所成的介電層而言,例如,可藉由經由旋塗、浸漬、輥式刮刀、噴塗、狹縫塗佈以及等方法塗佈感光性樹脂而形成。 In one embodiment, as the step of forming the wiring layer, first, a dielectric layer such as silicon oxide (SiOx), a photosensitive resin, or the like is formed on the adhesive layer. The dielectric layer made of silicon oxide can be formed by, for example, a sputtering method, a vacuum evaporation method, or the like. The dielectric layer made of a photosensitive resin can be formed, for example, by coating the photosensitive resin by spin coating, dipping, roller doctor blade, spray coating, slit coating, or the like.

接著,在介電層上經由金屬等導電體形成佈線。作為佈線的形成方法,例如,可使用光刻法(抗蝕劑光刻)等光刻處理、蝕刻處理等已知的半導體步驟方法。 Next, a wiring is formed on the dielectric layer via a conductor such as a metal. As a method of forming the wiring, for example, a known semiconductor step method such as a photolithography process (resist photolithography) or an etching process can be used.

如此,在進行光刻處理、以及蝕刻處理等 時,分離層被暴露在氫氟酸等酸、TMAH等鹼、以及抗蝕劑溶劑中。尤其在扇出型技術中,作為抗蝕劑溶劑,除了PGMEA以外,還可使用環戊酮以及環己酮等。然而,經由使用關於一實施形態的分離層形成用組成物形成分離層,分離層具備高耐化學藥品性。因此,分離層可防止由於暴露於酸、鹼、以及抗蝕劑溶劑中而導致的溶解或剝離。由此,可在支撐體上合適地形成佈線層。 In this manner, a photolithography process, an etching process, and the like are performed. At this time, the separation layer is exposed to an acid such as hydrofluoric acid, a base such as TMAH, and a resist solvent. In particular, in the fan-out technology, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, and the like can be used as the resist solvent in addition to PGMEA. However, by forming the separation layer using the composition for forming a separation layer according to one embodiment, the separation layer has high chemical resistance. Therefore, the separation layer can prevent dissolution or peeling due to exposure to acids, alkalis, and resist solvents. Thereby, a wiring layer can be suitably formed on a support body.

[安裝步驟] [installation steps]

安裝步驟中,在佈線層上安裝元件。對於元件向佈線層上的安裝而言,例如,可使用貼片機等進行。 In the mounting step, components are mounted on the wiring layer. The component can be mounted on the wiring layer using, for example, a chip mounter.

[密封步驟] [Sealing step]

密封步驟中,經由密封材料將元件密封。沒有特別限定,作為參考,例如,在將密封材料加熱至100℃以上的狀態下,維持高黏度的狀態的同時,使用成形型射出成形。 In the sealing step, the element is sealed via a sealing material. It is not particularly limited, and for reference, for example, while the sealing material is heated to a temperature of 100 ° C. or higher, a high-viscosity state is maintained, and a molding-type injection molding is used.

[薄化步驟] [Thinning step]

薄化步驟中,將密封材料薄化。由此,可在接著層上,合適地形成具備佈線層的密封基板。 In the thinning step, the sealing material is thinned. Thereby, a sealing substrate including a wiring layer can be appropriately formed on the adhesive layer.

又,關於本實施形態的層合體的製造方法中,在薄化步驟後可進一步實施密封材料上的凸點的形成、以及絕緣層的形成等處理。 Moreover, in the manufacturing method of the laminated body of this embodiment, processes, such as formation of a bump on a sealing material, and formation of an insulation layer, can be performed after a thinning process.

[關於一變形例之之層合體的製造方法] [About the manufacturing method of the laminated body of a modification]

關於本發明的層合體的製造方法不限於上述的實施方式。例如,對於關於一變形例的層合體的製造方法而言,係於關於第二實施方式的層合體的製造方法所包含的密封基板形成步驟中依次進行安裝步驟、密封步驟、薄化步驟、以及佈線層形成步驟這樣的構成。該構成中,也可在具備高耐化學藥品性的分離層上合適地形成密封基板。 The manufacturing method of the laminated body of this invention is not limited to the said embodiment. For example, the manufacturing method of the laminated body concerning a modification is a mounting board | substrate, a sealing process, a thinning process, and the sealing board formation process included in the manufacturing method of the laminated body concerning 2nd Embodiment in order, and The wiring layer formation step has such a configuration. In this configuration, a sealing substrate can be appropriately formed on a separation layer having high chemical resistance.

本發明不限於上述的各實施方式,可在請求項所示的範圍內進行各種變更,將不同的實施方式中分別公開的技術手段適當組合而得到的實施方式也包含在本發明的技術範圍內。 The present invention is not limited to the above-mentioned embodiments, and various changes can be made within the scope indicated in the claims. Embodiments obtained by appropriately combining technical means disclosed in different embodiments are also included in the technical scope of the present invention. .

[實施例] [Example] <分離層的透光率、以及激光反應性的評價> <Evaluation of light transmittance and laser reactivity of separation layer> [實施例1] [Example 1]

首先,作為實施例1,使用聚合性樹脂成分以及聚合引發劑調製組成不同的分離層形成用組成物,對使用各分離層形成用組成物而形成的分離層的可見光透過率進行評價。接著,藉由向使用各分離層形成用組成物製作的層合體中的分離層照射雷射光線,對各層合體中的支撐體的分離性進行評價。 First, as Example 1, a composition for forming a separation layer having a different composition was prepared using a polymerizable resin component and a polymerization initiator, and the visible light transmittance of the separation layer formed using each composition for forming a separation layer was evaluated. Next, the separation layer in each of the laminates was evaluated by irradiating laser light to the separation layers in the laminates produced using the respective composition for forming a separation layer.

[分離層形成用組成物之調製] [Preparation of composition for forming separation layer]

首先,用PGMEA以及PGME的混合溶劑(1:1(重量比))將作為聚合性樹脂成分的JER157S70(Novolacs型環氧樹脂,三菱化學(股)製)稀釋,使得其濃度成為30重量%,由此調製溶液。接著,於遮光條件下,相對於溶液中的100重量份的JER157S70,摻合10重量份的PAG290,調製實施例1的分離層形成用組成物。 First, JER157S70 (Novolacs epoxy resin, manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) was diluted with a mixed solvent (1: 1 (weight ratio)) of PGMEA and PGME to make the concentration 30% by weight. Thus, a solution was prepared. Next, 10 parts by weight of PAG290 was added to 100 parts by weight of JER157S70 in the solution under light-shielding conditions to prepare a composition for forming a separation layer of Example 1.

(分離層之形成) (Formation of separation layer)

將實施例1的分離層形成用組成物旋塗於2片裸玻璃(bare glass)支撐體(12英吋,厚度0.7mm)上。接著,將塗佈有分離層形成用組成物的各裸玻璃支撐體於90℃、180秒的條件下加熱,繼續於150℃、180秒的條件下加熱,由此除去分離層中含有的溶劑。接著,將已除去溶劑的分離層以1000mJ/cm2進行曝光並固化。將固化後的分離層中的1片於大氣環境下以250℃、15分鐘的條件燒成。另外,將剩餘的1片於大氣環境下以400℃、15分鐘的條件燒成。由此,在實施例1中,形成了燒成條件不同的2種分離層。又,關於實施例1的分離層,其膜厚為1.8μm。 The composition for forming a separation layer of Example 1 was spin-coated on two bare glass supports (12 inches, thickness 0.7 mm). Next, each bare glass support to which the composition for forming a separation layer is applied is heated at 90 ° C. for 180 seconds, and further heated at 150 ° C. for 180 seconds to remove the solvent contained in the separation layer . Then, the separation layer from which the solvent was removed was exposed and cured at 1000 mJ / cm 2 . One of the cured separation layers was fired under the conditions of 250 ° C. and 15 minutes in the air. In addition, the remaining one piece was fired under the conditions of 400 ° C. and 15 minutes in the atmospheric environment. Thus, in Example 1, two types of separation layers having different firing conditions were formed. The separation layer of Example 1 had a film thickness of 1.8 μm.

[透過率之評價] [Evaluation of transmittance]

對於燒成條件不同的實施例1的各分離層,使用分光分析測定裝置UV-3600(島津製作所公司製),照射波長380~780nm的光,對形成於裸玻璃支撐體上的分離層的波 長為532nm的光的透過率進行評價。 For each separation layer in Example 1 having different firing conditions, a spectroscopic analysis measurement device UV-3600 (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) was used to irradiate light with a wavelength of 380 to 780 nm, and a wave of the separation layer formed on the bare glass support was used. The transmittance of light having a length of 532 nm was evaluated.

[激光反應性的評價] [Evaluation of laser reactivity]

於掃描速度6500mm/秒、頻率40kHz、輸出功率20A、照射間距140μm的條件下,向於400℃進行了燒成的分離層照射波長為532nm的雷射光線,由此進行激光反應性的評價。經由顯微鏡VHX-600(Keyence公司製)來評價向分離層照射的雷射光線的痕跡的狀態,由此進行激光反應性的評價。又,關於激光反應性的評價的基準,若雷射光線的痕跡佔據的面積為50%以上則評價為「A」,若小於50%則評價為「B」,若沒有雷射光線的痕跡則評價為「C」。由此,模擬性地評價了層合體中的支撐體的分離性。 The laser reactivity was evaluated by irradiating a laser beam with a wavelength of 532 nm to a fired separation layer at 400 ° C. under conditions of a scanning speed of 6500 mm / sec, a frequency of 40 kHz, an output power of 20 A, and an irradiation pitch of 140 μm. The state of the trace of the laser light irradiated to the separation layer was evaluated through a microscope VHX-600 (manufactured by Keyence), and thus the laser reactivity was evaluated. In addition, as a criterion for evaluating laser reactivity, if the area occupied by traces of laser light is 50% or more, it is evaluated as "A", if it is less than 50%, it is evaluated as "B", and if there are no traces of laser light, Evaluation is "C". Thereby, the detachability of the support in the laminate was evaluated in a simulated manner.

[實施例2~17] [Examples 2 to 17]

用與實施例1同樣的步驟,調製實施例2~17的分離層形成用組成物。又,用於實施例2~17的聚合性樹脂成分以及聚合引發劑詳細如下所示。另外,實施例1~17的接著劑組成物中的聚合性樹脂成分以及聚合引發劑、表面活性劑的組成如以下表1~9所示。 By the same procedure as in Example 1, the composition for forming a separation layer of Examples 2 to 17 was prepared. The details of the polymerizable resin components and polymerization initiators used in Examples 2 to 17 are shown below. In addition, the composition of the polymerizable resin component, the polymerization initiator, and the surfactant in the adhesive compositions of Examples 1 to 17 are shown in Tables 1 to 9 below.

(聚合性樹脂成分) (Polymerizable resin component)

.以以下式(1)表示之Novolacs型環氧樹脂(JER157S70,三菱化學(股)製) . Novolacs epoxy resin (JER157S70, manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) represented by the following formula (1)

.以以下式(2)表示的雙酚型環氧樹脂(JER828,三菱化學(股)製) . Bisphenol-type epoxy resin represented by the following formula (2) (JER828, manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation)

.將以以下式(3)表示的多官能脂環式環氧樹脂、與以式(4)表示的脂環式環氧樹脂以50:50的重量比摻合而得到的環氧樹脂(EHPE3150CE,Daicel化學工業股份有限公司製) . An epoxy resin (EHPE3150CE, obtained by blending a polyfunctional alicyclic epoxy resin represented by the following formula (3) and an alicyclic epoxy resin represented by the formula (4) at a weight ratio of 50:50, (Made by Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)

.以以下式(5)表示之環氧樹脂(EPICLON HP7200(DIC股份有限公司製)) . Epoxy resin (EPICLON HP7200 (manufactured by DIC Corporation)) represented by the following formula (5)

.以以下式(6)表示之環氧改性矽氧烷(SP02,Nagase ChemteX公司製) . Epoxy-modified siloxane represented by the following formula (6) (SP02, manufactured by Nagase ChemteX)

.具有萘骨架之Novolacs型環氧樹脂(EPICLON HP5000,DIC股份也限公司製) . Novolacs epoxy resin with naphthalene skeleton (EPICLON HP5000, also manufactured by DIC Corporation)

.以以下之式(7)表示的丙烯酸單體(DPHA,新中村化學公司製) . Acrylic monomer (DPHA, manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) represented by the following formula (7)

.丙烯酸樹脂1:以以下式(8)表示的具有環氧基的丙烯酸樹脂1(Mw=5000,固形分濃度31.8重量%,3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯以及3-甲氧基丁醇的混合溶液) . Acrylic resin 1: Acrylic resin 1 (Mw = 5000, solid content concentration 31.8% by weight, 3-methoxybutyl acetate and 3-methoxybutanol) having an epoxy group represented by the following formula (8) Mixed solution)

(聚合引發劑) (Polymerization initiator)

.以以下式(9)表示的光陽離子聚合引發劑(PAG290,BASF公司製[0333] . Photocationic polymerization initiator represented by the following formula (9) (PAG290, manufactured by BASF Corporation [0333]

.以以下式(10)表示之光陽離子聚合引發劑(210CS,San-Apro Ltd.製) . Photocationic polymerization initiator (210CS, manufactured by San-Apro Ltd.) represented by the following formula (10)

.以以下式(11)表示之光陽梨子聚合引發劑(410CS,San-Apro Ltd.製) . Gwangyang pear polymerization initiator (410CS, manufactured by San-Apro Ltd.) represented by the following formula (11)

.熱陽離子聚合引發劑TAG2689(熱酸產生劑:季銨鹽封端類(quaternary ammonium blocked),KING INDUSTRY 公司製) . Thermal cationic polymerization initiator TAG2689 (thermal acid generator: quaternary ammonium blocked, KING INDUSTRY (Company system)

.熱陽離子聚合引發劑TAG2690(熱酸產生劑:季銨鹽封端類,KING INDUSTRY公司製) . Thermal cationic polymerization initiator TAG2690 (Thermal acid generator: quaternary ammonium salt capping type, manufactured by King Industries)

.熱陽離子聚合引發劑TAG2678(熱酸產生劑:季銨鹽封端類,KING INDUSTRY公司製) . Thermal cationic polymerization initiator TAG2678 (thermal acid generator: quaternary ammonium salt capping type, manufactured by King Industries)

.二烷基過氧化物(熱自由基聚合引發劑:日本油脂股份有限公司製,“Percumyl D(商品名)) . Dialkyl peroxide (thermal radical polymerization initiator: manufactured by Nippon Oil & Fat Co., Ltd., "Percumyl D (trade name))

根據以下表1~6中所示的分離層形成用組成物的組成以及評價結果,確認了由各分離層形成用組成物的組成、燒成條件、雷射光線的照射條件的區別而導致的趨勢。 Based on the composition and evaluation results of the composition for forming a separation layer shown in Tables 1 to 6 below, it was confirmed that the composition of each composition for forming a separation layer, the firing conditions, and the irradiation conditions of the laser light were different. trend.

[光陽離子聚合引發劑的評價] [Evaluation of photocationic polymerization initiator]

實施例1~3的分離層形成用組成物中,進行光陽離子聚合引發劑(光聚合引發劑)的評價。評價結果示於以下表1。 The composition for forming a separation layer of Examples 1 to 3 was evaluated for a photocationic polymerization initiator (photopolymerization initiator). The evaluation results are shown in Table 1 below.

如表1所示,實施例1~3的分離層形成用組成物中,在使用任一種光陽離子聚合引發劑的情況下,均可確認到可形成波長為532nm的光的透過率低、激光反應性優異的分離層。又,實施例1~3的各分離層中,與在250℃進行燒成的情況相比,在400℃進行燒成的分離層呈現了波長為532nm的光的透過率更低、激光反應性更高的趨勢。 As shown in Table 1, in the composition for forming a separation layer of Examples 1 to 3, when any photocationic polymerization initiator was used, it was confirmed that light having a wavelength of 532 nm can be formed with low transmittance and laser light. A highly reactive separation layer. In addition, in each of the separation layers of Examples 1 to 3, the separation layer fired at 400 ° C exhibited a lower transmittance of light at a wavelength of 532nm and a laser reactivity as compared with the case of firing at 250 ° C. Higher trend.

[熱聚合引發劑的評價] [Evaluation of thermal polymerization initiator]

實施例4~6的分離層形成用組成物中,實施了熱聚合引發劑的評價。另外,實施例7的分離層形成用組成物中,使用環氧改性矽氧烷作為聚合性樹脂成分進行了熱聚合引發劑的評價。實施例4~6的評價結果示於以下表2。 The composition for forming a separation layer of Examples 4 to 6 was evaluated for a thermal polymerization initiator. In addition, in the composition for forming a separation layer of Example 7, an epoxy-modified siloxane was used as a polymerizable resin component to evaluate the thermal polymerization initiator. The evaluation results of Examples 4 to 6 are shown in Table 2 below.

如表2所示,可確認到,在具有將實施例1~3的分離層形成用組成物中的光自由基聚合引發劑變更為熱 聚合引發劑的組成的實施例4~6的分離層形成用組成物中,也能夠降低波長為532nm的光的透過率,可形成激光反應性高的分離層。又,可確認到在實施例4~6的分離層形成用組成物中,經由摻合表面活性劑PF656,而使得塗佈操作性提高,可於玻璃支撐體上形成平滑的分離層。 As shown in Table 2, it was confirmed that the photoradical polymerization initiator in the composition for forming a separation layer of Examples 1 to 3 was changed to heat. In the composition for forming a separation layer of Examples 4 to 6 of the composition of the polymerization initiator, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 532 nm can be reduced, and a separation layer having high laser reactivity can be formed. In addition, it was confirmed that in the composition for forming a separation layer of Examples 4 to 6, by blending a surfactant PF656, the coating workability was improved, and a smooth separation layer was formed on the glass support.

[環氧樹脂的評價] [Evaluation of epoxy resin]

對於實施例7~12,對含有不同種類的環氧樹脂的分離層形成用組成物進行了評價。實施例7~12的評價結果示於以下表3。 For Examples 7 to 12, compositions for forming a separation layer containing different types of epoxy resins were evaluated. The evaluation results of Examples 7 to 12 are shown in Table 3 below.

如表3所示,可確認:實施例7~11的分離層中,不僅在JER157S70的情況下,而且即使在使用雙酚型環氧樹脂、氧雜環丁烷型環氧樹脂、二環戊二烯型環氧樹脂、以及具有萘骨架的環氧樹脂的情況下,也可形成具備 高激光反應性的分離層。由此,可確認:在分離層形成用組成物中,聚合性樹脂成分可使用具有芳香族骨架、以及脂肪族骨架等各種骨架的環氧樹脂。另外,可確認:在將聚合性樹脂組成物的組成變更為環氧改性矽氧烷的實施例12的分離層形成用組成物中,雖然波長532nm處的透過率呈現了比其他實施例更高的值,但也能夠形成具備激光反應性的分離層。 As shown in Table 3, it was confirmed that in the separation layers of Examples 7 to 11, not only the case of JER157S70, but also the use of bisphenol-type epoxy resin, oxetane-type epoxy resin, and dicyclopentane. In the case of a diene-type epoxy resin and an epoxy resin having a naphthalene skeleton, the High laser-reactive separation layer. From this, it was confirmed that in the composition for forming a separation layer, an epoxy resin having various skeletons such as an aromatic skeleton and an aliphatic skeleton can be used as the polymerizable resin component. In addition, it was confirmed that in the composition for forming a separation layer of Example 12 in which the composition of the polymerizable resin composition was changed to epoxy-modified siloxane, the transmittance at a wavelength of 532 nm was higher than that of the other examples. A high value, but it is also possible to form a separation layer having laser reactivity.

[熱聚合引發劑之摻合量的評價] [Evaluation of the blending amount of the thermal polymerization initiator]

對於實施例4、13~15的分離層形成用組成物,改變熱聚合引發劑TAG-2689的摻合量,對分離層的透光率、以及激光反應性進行評價。熱聚合引發劑之摻合量的評價結果示於以下表4。 Regarding the composition for forming a separation layer of Examples 4 and 13 to 15, the blending amount of the thermal polymerization initiator TAG-2689 was changed, and the light transmittance and laser reactivity of the separation layer were evaluated. The evaluation results of the blending amount of the thermal polymerization initiator are shown in Table 4 below.

如表4所示,實施例4以及實施例13~15的分離層形成用組成物中,呈現了下述趨勢:作為熱聚合引發劑的TAG-2689的摻合量越低,則波長為532nm的光的 透過率越高。另外,呈現了TAG-2689的摻合量越少、則雷射光線的痕跡彼此之間的距離越大的趨勢。由上述趨勢可確認:在分離層形成用組成物中,聚合引發劑是用於形成激光反應性高的燒成體的重要因素。 As shown in Table 4, in the composition for forming a separation layer of Example 4 and Examples 13 to 15, the following tendency was shown: the lower the blending amount of TAG-2689 as a thermal polymerization initiator, the wavelength is 532 nm Light The higher the transmittance. In addition, the smaller the blending amount of TAG-2689, the greater the distance between the traces of laser light rays. From the above-mentioned trends, it was confirmed that in the composition for forming a separation layer, a polymerization initiator is an important factor for forming a fired body having a high laser reactivity.

[針對分離層的膜厚之透過率以及激光反應性的評價] [Evaluation of the transmittance and laser reactivity of the film thickness of the separation layer]

作為實施例9-1~9-3,使用實施例9的分離層形成用組成物,形成與實施例9的分離層的膜厚不同的分離層,對各分離層的透光率、以及激光反應性進行評價。評價結果示於以下表5。 As Examples 9-1 to 9-3, the composition for forming a separation layer of Example 9 was used to form a separation layer having a film thickness different from that of Example 9, and the light transmittance to each separation layer and the laser Reactivity was evaluated. The evaluation results are shown in Table 5 below.

如表5所示,可確認:對於實施例9、9-1~9-3的分離層而言,雖然呈現了膜厚越薄則波長為532nm的光的透過率越高的趨勢,但在任一分離層中均可得到高激光反應性。 As shown in Table 5, it can be confirmed that although the separation layers of Examples 9 and 9-1 to 9-3 show a trend that the thinner the film thickness, the higher the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 532 nm, High laser reactivity can be obtained in one separation layer.

[針對雷射光線輸出功率的變化之激光反應性的評價] [Evaluation of laser reactivity against changes in laser light output power]

對於實施例4、7、以及9-2的分離層,改變照射的雷 射光線的輸出功率,由此對激光反應性進行評價。又,各分離層的燒成條件為400℃。另外,除了以20A、22A、24A的條件改變雷射輸出功率以外,雷射照射條件與激光反應性的評價條件相同。評價結果示於以下表6。 For the separation layers of Examples 4, 7, and 9-2, the irradiation lightning was changed The output power of the ray is evaluated to evaluate the laser reactivity. The firing conditions of each separation layer were 400 ° C. The laser irradiation conditions were the same as the laser reactivity evaluation conditions except that the laser output power was changed under the conditions of 20A, 22A, and 24A. The evaluation results are shown in Table 6 below.

如表6所示,實施例4、7以及9-2中的任一分離層均能夠得到高激光反應性。此處,對於實施例4、7以及9-2的各個分離層,確認到下述趨勢:照射的雷射光線的輸出功率越高,則分離層上形成的雷射光線的痕跡越大、各痕跡彼此之間的寬度越小。另外,對於波長為532nm的光的透過率較低的實施例7的分離層而言,其結果是,與實施例4以及實施例9-2的分離層相比,各痕跡彼此之間的寬度(間距)更大。由上述結果可確認到,對於透過率高的分離層而言,可經由調節雷射光線的輸出功率以及照射間距來調節激光反應性。 As shown in Table 6, any of the separation layers in Examples 4, 7, and 9-2 was able to obtain high laser reactivity. Here, for each of the separation layers of Examples 4, 7, and 9-2, the following tendency was confirmed: the higher the output power of the irradiated laser light, the larger the trace of the laser light formed on the separation layer, the The width of the traces is smaller. In addition, as for the separation layer of Example 7 having a low transmittance of light having a wavelength of 532 nm, the width of each trace compared to the separation layers of Examples 4 and 9-2 was different. (Pitch) is larger. From the above results, it was confirmed that, for a high-transmittance separation layer, laser reactivity can be adjusted by adjusting the output power of laser light and the irradiation pitch.

[分離層的燒成溫度的評價] [Evaluation of the firing temperature of the separation layer]

使用實施例4的分離層形成用組成物,改變燒成溫度變化而形成分離層,評價各分離層中的激光反應性。評價結果示於以下表7。 The composition for forming a separation layer of Example 4 was used to change the firing temperature to form a separation layer, and the laser reactivity in each separation layer was evaluated. The evaluation results are shown in Table 7 below.

如表7所示,實施例4以及4-1的分離層中,均可確認到雷射光線照射的充分的痕跡。然而,將實施例4以及4-1的分離層進行比較時,燒成溫度高的實施例4的分離層的透光率更低,確認到更大的雷射光線照射的痕跡。由此,關於對分離層進行燒成的溫度,將參考例4-2的透過率的結果也包括在內而進行考察時,可確認:較佳為更高的溫度、較佳高於300℃的溫度。 As shown in Table 7, in the separation layers of Examples 4 and 4-1, sufficient traces of laser light irradiation were confirmed. However, when the separation layers of Examples 4 and 4-1 were compared, the light transmittance of the separation layer of Example 4 with a high firing temperature was lower, and a larger trace of laser light irradiation was confirmed. Therefore, regarding the temperature at which the separation layer was fired, when considering the results of the transmittance of Reference Example 4-2 and examining it, it was confirmed that a higher temperature is preferable, and a temperature higher than 300 ° C is preferable. temperature.

[丙烯酸系樹脂成分的評價] [Evaluation of acrylic resin component]

作為實施例16以及17,使用丙烯酸單體以及丙烯酸聚合物(丙烯酸系樹脂成分)製備分離層形成用組成物,對 使用上述分離層形成用組成物而形成的分離層的波長為532nm的光的透過率、以及激光反應性進行了評價。 As Examples 16 and 17, an acrylic monomer and an acrylic polymer (acrylic resin component) were used to prepare a composition for forming a separation layer. The separation layer formed using the composition for forming a separation layer described above was evaluated for light transmittance and laser reactivity at a wavelength of 532 nm.

又,使用了以下表8中的實施例17的丙烯酸樹脂1的分離層經由以下方式製作。摻合8重量%的TAG-2689的PM溶液,使得相對於丙烯酸樹脂1的固形分分100重量%而言TAG-2689的濃度為5重量%,由此製備丙烯酸樹脂1的固形分濃度為26.5重量%的分離層形成用組成物的基劑(base)。接著,以相對於該基劑100重量份而言為0.05重量份的方式摻合PF656,由此調製實施例17的分離層形成用組成物。 The separation layer using the acrylic resin 1 of Example 17 in Table 8 below was produced in the following manner. 8% by weight of a PM solution of TAG-2689 was blended so that the concentration of TAG-2689 was 5% by weight with respect to 100% by weight of the solid content of the acrylic resin 1, so that the solid content of the acrylic resin 1 was 26.5 A base of the composition for forming a separation layer by weight. Next, PF656 was blended in an amount of 0.05 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the base, thereby preparing a composition for forming a separation layer of Example 17.

與實施例1相同地,以1000rpm的條件將實施例17的分離層形成用組成物經10秒旋塗於裸玻璃支撐體上,然後,將該裸玻璃支撐體於大氣條件下於400℃燒成15分鐘,由此形成實施例17的分離層。又,雷射照射條件與實施例1的條件相同。評價結果表示於以下表8。 As in Example 1, the composition for forming a separation layer of Example 17 was spin-coated on a bare glass support at 1000 rpm for 10 seconds, and then the bare glass support was fired at 400 ° C under atmospheric conditions. After 15 minutes, the separation layer of Example 17 was formed. The laser irradiation conditions were the same as those in Example 1. The evaluation results are shown in Table 8 below.

如表8所示,可確認:實施例16以及實施例17的分離層形成用組成物中,聚合性樹脂成分可使用丙烯酸單體、以及丙烯酸聚合物。另外,可確認:於實施例16的分離層形成用組成物中,可使用有機過氧化物作為聚合引發劑。由此,可確認:在任一種自由基聚合系以及陽離子聚合系的聚合性樹脂成分的情況下,經由利用適合於各聚合性樹脂成分的聚合引發劑進行聚合並燒成,均可形成激光反應性高的分離層。 As shown in Table 8, it was confirmed that the acrylic resin and acrylic polymer can be used as the polymerizable resin component in the composition for forming a separation layer in Examples 16 and 17. In addition, it was confirmed that in the composition for forming a separation layer of Example 16, an organic peroxide can be used as a polymerization initiator. From this, it was confirmed that in the case of any of the polymerizable resin components of the radical polymerization system and the cationic polymerization system, laser reactivity can be formed by polymerizing and firing using a polymerization initiator suitable for each polymerizable resin component. High separation layer.

[耐化學藥品性的評價] [Evaluation of chemical resistance]

使用實施例4以及實施例11的分離層形成用組成物,分別形成燒成溫度不同的分離層,評價各分離層的耐化學藥品性。作為耐化學藥品性的評價,評價了25℃、10分鐘的條件下對於丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)、N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮以及環戊酮的耐化學藥品性;以及60℃、30分鐘的條件下對於抗蝕劑剝離液ST120(東京應化工業股份有限公司製)的耐化學藥品性。 The separation layer forming compositions of Examples 4 and 11 were used to form separation layers having different firing temperatures, and the chemical resistance of each separation layer was evaluated. As the evaluation of chemical resistance, chemical resistance to propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, and cyclopentanone was evaluated at 25 ° C for 10 minutes; and Chemical resistance to a resist stripping solution ST120 (manufactured by Tokyo Yingka Kogyo Co., Ltd.) at 60 ° C for 30 minutes.

另外,作為比較例1,於玻璃支撐體上形成碳氟化合物(fluorocarbon)的分離層,實施了與實施例4以及實施例11相同的耐化學藥品性評價。比較例1的分離層是經由使用C4F8作為反應氣體,在流量400sccm、壓力700mTorr、高頻功率2500W以及成膜溫度240℃的條件下實施CVD法而形成的(厚度為1μm)。 In addition, as Comparative Example 1, a fluorocarbon separation layer was formed on a glass support, and the same chemical resistance evaluation as in Examples 4 and 11 was performed. The separation layer of Comparative Example 1 was formed by performing a CVD method (with a thickness of 1 μm) using C 4 F 8 as a reaction gas under conditions of a flow rate of 400 sccm, a pressure of 700 mTorr, a high-frequency power of 2500 W, and a film formation temperature of 240 ° C.

耐化學藥品性經由目視進行評價,將形成於 玻璃支撐體上的分離層沒有發生溶脹和剝離的情況評價為「A」,將確認到溶脹以及剝離中的至少任一者的情況評價為「C」。實施例4、實施例11、以及比較例1的分離層的耐化學藥品性的評價結果示於以下表9。 Chemical resistance is evaluated visually and will be formed in The case where the separation layer on the glass support did not swell or peel was evaluated as "A", and the case where at least one of swelling and peeling was confirmed was evaluated as "C". The evaluation results of the chemical resistance of the separation layers of Example 4, Example 11, and Comparative Example 1 are shown in Table 9 below.

如表9所示,可確認:使用實施例4以及9的分離層形成用組成物形成的分離層可不受燒成溫度影響地得到高耐化學藥品性。另外,可確認到與比較例1的分離層相比,使用實施例4以及9的分離層形成用組成物形成的分離層能夠不受剝離液等的種類影響地得到高耐化學藥品性。 As shown in Table 9, it was confirmed that the separation layer formed using the composition for forming a separation layer of Examples 4 and 9 can obtain high chemical resistance without being affected by the firing temperature. In addition, it was confirmed that the separation layer formed by using the composition for forming a separation layer of Examples 4 and 9 can obtain high chemical resistance without being affected by the type of the peeling liquid and the like compared with the separation layer of Comparative Example 1.

另外,對於使用實施例1~3、5~8、10~17的分離層形成用組成物形成的分離層,以與實施例4以及9同樣的條件評價了耐化學藥品性。結果,與實施例4以及9的分離層同樣地,可確認實施例1~3、5~8、10~17的分離層與比較例1的分離層相比,能夠不受剝離液等的種類 影響地得到高耐化學藥品性。 The separation layer formed using the composition for forming a separation layer of Examples 1 to 3, 5 to 8, and 10 to 17 was evaluated for chemical resistance under the same conditions as in Examples 4 and 9. As a result, similarly to the separation layers of Examples 4 and 9, it was confirmed that the separation layers of Examples 1 to 3, 5 to 8, and 10 to 17 were more resistant to the types of peeling liquid and the like than the separation layers of Comparative Example 1. Achieve high chemical resistance.

[密合性的評價] [Evaluation of adhesion]

對於實施例4的分離層以及比較例1的分離層,評價了接著層的密合性。評價條件如下所示。 The separation layer of Example 4 and the separation layer of Comparative Example 1 were evaluated for the adhesion of the adhesion layer. The evaluation conditions are shown below.

(試樣的製作) (Production of sample)

在12英吋矽基板上塗佈實施例4的分離層形成用組成物,以400℃的溫度條件進行燒成,由此形成分離層(厚度1.8μm)。以與比較例1的碳氟化合物的分離層相同的條件形成於12英吋矽基板上(厚度1μm)。之後,在上述各分離層上旋塗TZNR(註冊商標)-A4012(東京應化工業股份有限公司製),以90℃、160℃、220℃的溫度各烘烤4分鐘,由此形成接著層(厚度50μm)。另外,除了將接著劑替換為TZNR(註冊商標)-A4017(東京應化工業股份有限公司製)以外,按照相同的步驟在實施例4以及比較例1的各分離層上形成接著層。 A 12-inch silicon substrate was coated with the composition for forming a separation layer of Example 4 and fired at a temperature of 400 ° C to form a separation layer (thickness: 1.8 μm). A fluorocarbon separation layer of Comparative Example 1 was formed on a 12-inch silicon substrate (thickness: 1 μm) under the same conditions. After that, TZNR (registered trademark) -A4012 (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was spin-coated on each of the above-mentioned separation layers, and baked at 90 ° C, 160 ° C, and 220 ° C for 4 minutes each to form an adhesion layer. (Thickness 50 μm). A bonding layer was formed on each of the separation layers of Example 4 and Comparative Example 1 by the same procedure except that the adhesive was replaced with TZNR (registered trademark) -A4017 (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).

接下來,對於各試樣,經由切割器將接著層切割成10mm寬的帶狀。接著,將接著層與基板之間的夾角(也稱為剝離角度)恒定地維持在90°,同時將帶狀的接著層相對於矽基板以200mm/秒的速度垂直地拉起,而將接著層從矽基板剝離。經由此時的接著強度(g/cm,也稱為剝離強度)評價分離層與接著層的密合性。若接著強度為20g/cm以上,則判斷為具有充分的接著性。另外, 之後,以與上述[激光反應性的評價]一欄相同的條件照射雷射光線,使各分離層改性後,測定接著強度,與照射雷射光線前的接著強度進行比較。評價結果示於下表10。 Next, for each sample, the adhesive layer was cut into a band shape of 10 mm width via a cutter. Next, the angle (also called the peeling angle) between the adhesive layer and the substrate was kept constant at 90 °, and at the same time, the band-shaped adhesive layer was vertically pulled up at a speed of 200 mm / sec with respect to the silicon substrate, and the adhesive layer The layer is peeled from the silicon substrate. The adhesion between the separation layer and the adhesive layer was evaluated based on the adhesive strength (g / cm, also referred to as peel strength) at this time. When the bonding strength is 20 g / cm or more, it is determined that there is sufficient adhesiveness. In addition, After that, the laser light was irradiated under the same conditions as in the above [Evaluation of Laser Reactivity], each separation layer was modified, and then the bonding strength was measured and compared with the bonding strength before the laser light was irradiated. The evaluation results are shown in Table 10 below.

如表10所示,與比較例1的分離層相比,實施例4的分離層與利用各接著劑而形成的接著層的密著性更高。另外,實施例4的分離層在雷射照射後的接著強度為0g/cm,而判斷經由照射雷射光線,使得接著層實質上被剝離。 As shown in Table 10, compared with the separation layer of Comparative Example 1, the adhesion of the separation layer of Example 4 and the adhesion layer formed using each adhesive was higher. In addition, the adhesion strength of the separation layer in Example 4 after laser irradiation was 0 g / cm, and it was judged that the irradiation of the laser light caused the adhesion layer to be substantially peeled.

另外,對於使用實施例1~3、5~17的分離層形成用組成物形成的分離層,以與實施例4同樣的條件評價接著性。結果,可確認到與比較例1的分離層相比,實施例1~3、5~9的分離層對於TZNR(註冊商標)-A4012以及A4017具有更高的密著性。 The separation layer formed using the composition for forming a separation layer of Examples 1 to 3 and 5 to 17 was evaluated for adhesion under the same conditions as in Example 4. As a result, it was confirmed that the separation layers of Examples 1 to 3 and 5 to 9 had higher adhesion to TZNR (registered trademark) -A4012 and A4017 than the separation layers of Comparative Example 1.

由以上的實施例以及比較例的結果可確認:經由使用含有聚合性樹脂組成、與聚合引發劑的分離層形成用組成物來形成分離層,能夠形成激光反應性以及耐化學藥品性高的分離層。 From the results of the above Examples and Comparative Examples, it was confirmed that by forming a separation layer by using a composition for forming a separation layer containing a polymerizable resin composition and a polymerization initiator, a separation having high laser reactivity and chemical resistance can be formed. Floor.

產業上的可利用性 Industrial availability

本發明可適用於微細化的半導體器件的製造步驟中。 The present invention is applicable to manufacturing steps of miniaturized semiconductor devices.

Claims (13)

一種分離層形成用組成物,其係用於形成層合體中之前述分離層的分離層形成用組成物,所述層合體係介隔接著層、與經由照射光而改性的之分離層,將基板、與透光之支撐體進行層合而成,其特徵為:包含聚合性樹脂成分以及聚合引發劑。 A composition for forming a separation layer, which is a composition for forming a separation layer for forming the aforementioned separation layer in a laminate, the laminate system interposing an adhesive layer and a separation layer modified by irradiation with light, The substrate is laminated with a light-transmitting support, and is characterized by including a polymerizable resin component and a polymerization initiator. 如請求項1之分離層形成用組成物,其中前述聚合性樹脂成分為選擇自由具有環氧基之聚合性樹脂成分、環氧改性矽氧烷、以及具有烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵之聚合性樹脂成分所成之群中至少1種。 The composition for forming a separation layer according to claim 1, wherein the polymerizable resin component is a polymerizable resin component having an epoxy group, an epoxy-modified siloxane, and a polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond. At least one of the groups formed by the sexual resin component. 如請求項2之分離層形成用組成物,其中前述聚合性樹脂成分為具有環氧基之聚合性樹脂成分。 The composition for forming a separation layer according to claim 2, wherein the polymerizable resin component is a polymerizable resin component having an epoxy group. 如請求項1~3中任一項之分離層形成用組成物,其中前述聚合引發劑為熱聚合引發劑或光聚合引發劑。 The composition for forming a separation layer according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the polymerization initiator is a thermal polymerization initiator or a photopolymerization initiator. 一種層合體,其係介隔接著層、與經由照射光而改性之分離層,將基板、與透光之支撐體進行層合而成的層合體,其特徵為前述分離層為利用聚合引發劑使聚合性樹脂成分聚合而得到之固化物的燒成體。 A laminated body is a laminated body formed by laminating a substrate and a light-transmitting support layer with a separation layer and a separation layer modified by irradiation with light, characterized in that the separation layer is initiated by polymerization. A fired body of a cured product obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable resin component with an agent. 如請求項5之層合體,其中前述聚合性樹脂成分為選擇自由具有環氧基之聚合性樹脂成分、環氧改性矽氧烷、以及具有烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵之聚合性樹脂成分所成之群中之至少1種。 The laminated body according to claim 5, wherein the polymerizable resin component is selected from a polymerizable resin component having an epoxy group, an epoxy-modified siloxane, and a polymerizable resin component having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond. At least one of the groups. 如請求項5之層合體,其中前述聚合性樹脂成分 為具有環氧基之聚合性樹脂成分。 The laminate according to claim 5, wherein the aforementioned polymerizable resin component It is a polymerizable resin component having an epoxy group. 如請求項5~7中任一項之層合體,其中前述聚合引發劑為熱聚合引發劑或光聚合引發劑。 The laminate according to any one of claims 5 to 7, wherein the aforementioned polymerization initiator is a thermal polymerization initiator or a photopolymerization initiator. 一種層合體之製造方法,其係介隔由接著層、與經由照射光而改性之分離層,將基板、與透光的支撐體進行層合而成的層合體之製造方法,其特徵為其包含下述步驟:分離層形成步驟,於前述基板以及前述支撐體中的任一者上塗佈包含聚合性樹脂成分、與聚合引發劑之分離層形成用組成物,經由加熱或曝光而使前述聚合性樹脂成分聚合,經由對聚合後的前述聚合性樹脂成分進行燒成,而形成前述分離層、與層合步驟,介隔前述分離層與接著層,將形成有前述分離層之前述基板或前述支撐體、與未形成前述分離層之前述基板以及前述支撐體中的另一者進行層合。 A method for manufacturing a laminate, which is a method for manufacturing a laminate by laminating a substrate and a light-transmitting support through an adhesive layer and a separation layer modified by irradiation with light, characterized in that: It includes a step of forming a separation layer, applying a composition for forming a separation layer containing a polymerizable resin component and a polymerization initiator to any one of the substrate and the support, and applying the composition through heating or exposure. The polymerizable resin component is polymerized, and the polymerizable resin component after the polymerization is fired to form the separation layer and a lamination step, the separation substrate and the adhesion layer are separated, and the substrate on which the separation layer is formed is formed. Alternatively, the support, and the substrate on which the separation layer is not formed and the other of the support are laminated. 一種層合體之製造方法,其係介隔由接著層以及經由照射光而改性的分離層,將密封基板層合於支撐前述密封基板之支撐體上而成的層合體之製造方法,所述密封基板具備安裝元件之佈線層、與前述元件、與將前述元件密封之密封材料,其特徵為包含下述步驟:分離層形成步驟,於前述支撐體上塗佈含聚合性樹脂成分、與聚合引發劑之分離層形成用組成物,經由加熱或曝光而使前述聚合性樹脂成分聚合,經由對聚合後的前述聚合性樹脂成分進行燒成,而形成前述分離層、與 接著層形成步驟,於前述分離層上形成接著層、與密封基板形成步驟,於前述接著層上形成密封基板。 A method for manufacturing a laminate, which is a method for manufacturing a laminate in which a sealing substrate is laminated on a support that supports the sealing substrate via a bonding layer and a separation layer modified by irradiation with light. The sealing substrate includes a wiring layer on which the component is mounted, the component, and a sealing material that seals the component. The sealing substrate includes a step of forming a separation layer, and coating the support with a polymerizable resin component and polymerizing the component. The composition for forming the separation layer of the initiator polymerizes the polymerizable resin component through heating or exposure, and fires the polymerized resin component after polymerization to form the separation layer, and A subsequent layer forming step of forming an adhesive layer on the separation layer and a sealing substrate forming step of forming a sealing substrate on the adhesive layer. 如請求項9或10之層合體之製造方法,其中前述聚合性樹脂成分為選擇自由具有環氧基之聚合性樹脂成分、環氧改性矽氧烷、以及具有烯鍵式不飽和雙鍵之聚合性樹脂成分所成之群中之至少1種。 The method for producing a laminate according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the aforementioned polymerizable resin component is selected from the group consisting of a polymerizable resin component having an epoxy group, an epoxy-modified siloxane, and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond. At least one of the group consisting of a polymerizable resin component. 如請求項9或10之層合體之製造方法,其中前述聚合性樹脂成分為具有環氧基的聚合性樹脂成分。 The manufacturing method of the laminated body of Claim 9 or 10 whose said polymerizable resin component is a polymerizable resin component which has an epoxy group. 如請求項9或10之層合體之製造方法,其中前述聚合引發劑為熱聚合引發劑或光聚合引發劑。 The method for producing a laminated body according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the aforementioned polymerization initiator is a thermal polymerization initiator or a photopolymerization initiator.
TW106109781A 2016-03-25 2017-03-23 Composition for forming release layer, laminate, and method for producing laminate TW201807110A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016-062854 2016-03-25
JP2016062854A JP6681762B2 (en) 2016-03-25 2016-03-25 Laminated body and method for manufacturing laminated body

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201807110A true TW201807110A (en) 2018-03-01

Family

ID=59933631

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW106109781A TW201807110A (en) 2016-03-25 2017-03-23 Composition for forming release layer, laminate, and method for producing laminate

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6681762B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20170113165A (en)
CN (1) CN107230613A (en)
TW (1) TW201807110A (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7137395B2 (en) * 2018-08-07 2022-09-14 東京応化工業株式会社 LAMINATED PRODUCTION METHOD, LAMINATED BODY, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE MANUFACTURING METHOD
JP6832462B1 (en) * 2019-12-27 2021-02-24 東京応化工業株式会社 Adhesive composition, laminate, method for manufacturing laminate, and method for manufacturing electronic components

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4565804B2 (en) * 2002-06-03 2010-10-20 スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー Laminate including ground substrate, method for producing the same, method for producing ultrathin substrate using laminate, and apparatus therefor
JP4630377B2 (en) * 2009-03-11 2011-02-09 古河電気工業株式会社 Manufacturing method of semiconductor device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2017170870A (en) 2017-09-28
CN107230613A (en) 2017-10-03
JP6681762B2 (en) 2020-04-15
KR20170113165A (en) 2017-10-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6813398B2 (en) Methods for Forming Photosensitive Compositions, Dry Films, and Patterned Hardened Films
TWI717489B (en) Composition for forming interlayer insulating film, interlayer insulating film, method for forming interlayer insulating film pattern, and device
TW201800538A (en) An adhesive composition a laminate a method of manufacturing a laminate
TW201807110A (en) Composition for forming release layer, laminate, and method for producing laminate
JP6612683B2 (en) Laminate manufacturing method and use thereof
KR102559679B1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition
JP7456269B2 (en) Film for transporting micro LED chips and method for transporting micro LED chips
TWI725150B (en) Composition for forming interlayer insulating film, interlayer insulating film, method for forming interlayer insulating film pattern, and device
JP6596223B2 (en) Adhesive composition, laminate, and method for producing laminate
CN105467755B (en) Photosensitive resin composition
JP6971139B2 (en) Adhesive composition, support with adhesive layer, adhesive film, laminate and method for manufacturing the same, and method for manufacturing electronic components
JP7439817B2 (en) Resin composition, electronic component, and method for producing resin film
KR20130120387A (en) Heat curable resin composition, protective film for display device, and forming method of the protective film for display device
TWI797295B (en) Thermosetting compositions, cured film and color filter
JP7175186B2 (en) Separation layer-forming composition, support base with separation layer, laminate, method for producing same, and method for producing electronic component
JP7374719B2 (en) Adhesive composition, laminate and manufacturing method thereof, and manufacturing method of electronic components
TWI805898B (en) Resin composition, resin film and electronic part
JP2018048239A (en) Adhesive composition and use thereof
TW202302788A (en) Adhesive layer forming composition, laminate, method for manufacturing laminate and treating method for laminate
KR20240104004A (en) Composition for adhesive layer, layered product, method for producing adhesive layer, and producing and processing method of the layered product using the composition
KR20230086669A (en) Radiation-sensitive resin composition